A square on any mount shows protection from excess caused by the quality of that particular mount, e.g., a square Signs 93
on the Mount of Jupiter saves a person from over-ambition, on the Mount of Sun from pride of success, on the Mount of Mercury from financial loss, and on the Mount of Mars from violent temper.
Indications of a square on the fingers and the thumb are as under;
Thumb First phalange—Good in profession, unmindful of others, one-track mind Second phalange — Successful lawyer Jupiter Finger First phalange—Free from fear and tension Second phalange— Success without causing jealousy Third phalange—Checking excessive domination Saturn Finger First phalange— Escaping the consequences of immorality Second phalange—Imprisonment or accident Third phalange—Greed for money Sun Finger First phalange —Renowned in art Second phalange—Restricted development of art Third phalange—Avoids flattery Mercury Finger First phalange—Wordly success Second phalange—Imprisonment due to wrong use of intelligence Third phalange—Doubtful and unreliable The Triangle
(Fig. 19-3)
A clear and independent triangle is more effective than one formed by crossing of the lines.
A triangle on the Mount of Jupiter promises great ability in administration and public dealings. He can be a good politician.
On the Mount of Saturn, it shows great interest in Occult sciences, mysticism, yoga and astrology. A triangle under this mount on the Heart Line shows acquisition of house property.
Signs 93
on the Mount of Jupiter saves a person from over-ambition, on the Mount of Sun from pride of success, on the Mount of Mercury from financial loss, and on the Mount of Mars from violent temper.
Indications of a square on the fingers and the thumb are as under;
Thumb First phalange—Good in profession, unmindful of others, one-track mind Second phalange — Successful lawyer Jupiter Finger First phalange—Free from fear and tension Second phalange— Success without causing jealousy Third phalange —Checking excessive domination Saturn Finger First phalange— Escaping the consequences of immorality Second phalange—Imprisonment or accident Third phalange—Greed for money Sun Finger First phalange —Renowned in art Second phalange—Restricted development of art Third phalange—Avoids flattery Mercury Finger First phalange—Wordly success Second phalange—Imprisonment due to wrong use of intelligence Third phalange—Doubtful and unreliable The Triangle
(Fig. 19-3)
A clear and independent triangle is more effective than one formed by crossing of the lines.
A triangle on the Mount of Jupiter promises great ability in administration and public dealings. He can be a good politician.
On the Mount of Saturn, it shows great interest in Occult sciences, mysticism, yoga and astrology. A triangle under this mount on the Heart Line shows acquisition of house property.
¥,
94 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry On the Mount of Sun, the subject applies his artistic ability in a practical manner. He remains unaffected by his success and fame. He also owns landed property.
On the Mount of Mercury, it promises success in business, industry and oratory (public speaking) or medicine, and in manoeuvring situations to his benefit.
On any Mount of Mars, it tells about the scientific attitude of a persom, calmness in the face of danger or ability in military tactics. It makes the person firm in his views.
On the Mount of Luna the subject controls his imagination and attains success in the spiritual sphere.
A triangle between the mounts of Saturn and Sun shows a Yogi. Swami Vivekananda and Mahatma Gandhi had this sign.
A triangle on the Mount of Venus gives good health and memory, and consideration of material benefits in marriage.
If the lines of Life, Head, Fate and Sun have triangles at the upper ends, the person may have mystic experiences.
A triangle on the Life Line or upper portion of the Heart Line shows acquisition or construction of house property.
A defect on any line is modified if covered by a triangle.
If there is no defect on the line and a triangle is present, it adds to the good results of the line concerned.
Indications of a triangle on the thumb and the fingers are:
Thumb First phalange—Power of concentration and will Second phalange—Scientific aptitude Finger First phalange—Love of Occult sciences Second phalange—Politician Third phalange—Publisher Finger First phalange—Happy married life Second phalange—Success Third phalange—Timid, suspicious Finger First phalange—Interest in art and beauty Second phalange— Religious Third phalange— Boastful Finger First phalange—Success in any secret science i’:
I »
3
h T e I RATL T s et e T TR S04 SR
2Py
.
94 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry On the Mount of Sun, the subject applies his artistic ability in a practical manner. He remains unaffected by his success and fame. He also owns landed property.
On the Mount of Mercury, it promises success in business, industry and oratory (public speaking) or medicine, and in manoeuvring situations to his benefit.
On any Mount of Mars, it tells about the scientific attitude of a person, calmness in the face of danger or ability in military tactics. It makes the person firm in his views.
On the Mount of Luna the subject controls his imagination and arttains success in the spiritual sphere.
A triangle between the mounts of Saturn and Sun shows a Yogi. Swami Vivekananda and Mahatma Gandhi had this sign.
A triangle on the Mount of Venus gives good health and memory, and consideration of material benefits in marriage.
If the lines of Life, Head, Fate and Sun have triangles at the upper ends, the person may have mystic experiences.
A triangle on the Life Line or upper portion of the Heart Line shows acquisition or construction of house property.
A defect on any line is modified if covered by a triangle.
If there is no defect on the line and a triangle is present, it adds to the good results of the line concerned.
Indications of a triangle on the thumb and the fingers are:
Thumb First phalange—Power of concentration and will Second phalange—Scientific aptitude Jupiter Finger First phalange—Love of Occult sciences Second phalange—Politician Third phalange—Publisher Saturn Finger First phalange— Happy married life Second phalange—Success Third phalange—Timid, suspicious Spa Finger First phalange—Interest in art and beauty Second phalange— Religious Third phalange— Boastful Mercury Finger First phalange—Success in any secret science A AT B Signs 95
Second phalange—Religious study Third phalange—Tactful The Cross
(Fig. 19-4)
A cross indicates trouble, danger and loss, except in the one instance when it is found on the Mount of Jupiter. In that case it shows a happy and lucky marriage and benefits from in-laws, provided the Head Line is good and faultless. If this mark is at the commencement of the Life Line, marriage will occur at an early age; if in the middle of the mount, it will be in the middle age; and, if down on the base of the mount, it will occur late in life.
If there is a cross on the Mount of Saturn and touches the Fate Line, it shows death by accident. If it is in the centre of the mount, life may end by crucification.
On the Mount of Sun, it causes hindrance in success. On the Mount of Mercury, it shows dishonesty and duplicity.
On the negative Mount of Mars (under the Mount of Mercury) it means danger from enemies. On the Mount of positive Mars, under the Mount of Jupiter, it shows litigation or violence which may even cause death. If it is near the thumb, piles are indicated.
On the Moon, under the Line of Head, it shows fatal imagination. 1f clearly marked in the centre of the mount, and there are other bad signs in the hand, death by drowning may occur. It is also indicative of rheumatism. On the Mount of Venus, failure in love affair is foreseen.
If a small cross is found near the Life Line, a quarrel with relatives may occur. A cross between the Fate Line and the Life Line shows opposition in career from relatives. If the cross is found on the upper portion of the Mount of Moon, below the Fate Line, the native subject undertakes an unsuccessful journey; if found above the Head Line, without touching it, a wound or injury to the head may occur, On the Sun Line, it ruins the chances of success and fame.
%
A cross on the Fate Line shows financial loss; if it is near to the Line of Heart, death of a loved one is foreseen; on the Mount of Sun, eye trouble is indicated. A cross on the Heart Signs 95
Second phalange—Religious study Third phalange—Tactful The Cross
(Fig. 19-4)
A cross indicates trouble, danger and loss, except in the one instance when it is found on the Mount of Jupiter. In that case it shows a happy and lucky marriage and benefits from in-laws, provided the Head Line is good and faultiess. If this mark is at the commencement of the Life Line, marriage will occur at an early age; if in the middle of the mount, it will be in the middle age; and, if down on the base of the mount, it will occur late in life.
If there is a cross on the Mount of Saturn and touches the Fate Line, it shows death by accident. If it is in the centre of the mount, life may end by crucification.
On the Mount of Sun, it causes hindrance in success. On the Mount of Mercury, it shows dishonesty and duplicity.
On the negative Mount of Mars (under the Mount of Mercury) it means danger from enemies. On the Mount of positive Mars, under the Mount of Jupiter, it shows litigation or violence which may even cause death. If it is near the thumb, piles are indicated.
On the Moon, under the Line of Head, it shows fatal imagination. If clearly marked in the centre of the mount, and there are other bad signs in the hand, death by drowning may occur. It is also indicative of rheumatism. On the Mount of Venus, failure in love affair is foreseen.
‘
If a small cross is found near the Life Line, a quarrel with relatives may occur. A cross between the Fate Line and the Life Line shows opposition in career from relatives. If the cross is found on the upper portion of the Mount of Moon, below the Fate Line, the native subject undertakes an unsuccessful journey; if found above the Head Line, without touching it, a wound or injury to the head may occur. On the Sun Line, it ruins the chances of success and fame.
A cross on the Fate Line shows financial loss; if it is near to the Line of Heart, death of a loved one is foreseen; on the Mount of Sum, eye trouble is indicated. A cross on the Heart
96 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Line, under the Mount of Saturn, causes kidney trouble or hernia in a man and delivery trouble in a woman.
Indications of a cross on the thumb and the fingers are:
Thumh Jupiter Finger Saturn Finger First Second phalange First phalange Second phalange Third phalange First phalange Second phalange Third phalange phalange (nail)—Loose morals and unchastity if the Mount of Venus also has criss-cross lines. Two crosses show love of luxury and sensuality
—Extra-marital relations
—Superstitious, irreligious
—Literary success
— Vulgar, unreliable
—Anti-social and immoral
—Adventurous to a dangerous limit
—In a woman’s hand it shows childlessness Sun Finger First phalange
—Sensitive and artistic nature Second phalange
—Unhappy due to his envious nature Third phalange
—Frustration in gaining ambi-
tions Mercury
—Intuition if the hand is good;
on a bad hand, the person is in the habit of stealing
—Failure or imprisonment
—Dishonour The Island
(Fig. 19-5)
Finger First phalange Second phalange Third phalange An island is produced by splitting of the main line and return
“of the split to the main line again. If the ends of a chance line overlap each other, they do not form an island, but the formation does not show good resuits. It is a defect, a warning and a disturbing factor wherever it occurs. It relates generally
96 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Line, under the Mount of Saturn, causes kidney trouble or hernia in a man and delivery trouble in a woman.
Indications of a cross on the thumb and the fingers are:
Thumb Jupiter Finger Saturn Finger First phalange (nail)—Loose morals and unchastity Second phalange First phalange Second phalange Third phalange First phalange Second phalange Third phalange if the Mount of Venus also has criss-cross lines. Two crosses show love of luxury and sensuality
—FExtra-marital relations
—Superstitious, irreligious
—Literary success
—Vulgar, unreliable
—Anti-social and immoral
—Adventurous to a dangerous fimit
—In a woman’s hand it shows childlessness Sun Finger First phalange Second phalange
—Sensitive and artistic nature
—Unhappy due to his envious nature
—Frustration in gaining ambi-
tions Third phalange Mercury Finger First phalange
—Intuition if the hand is good;
)
on a bad hand, the person is in the habit of stealing
—Failure or imprisonment
—Dishonour The Island
(Fig. 19-5)
Second phalange Third phalange An island is produced by splitting of the main line and return of the split to the main line again. If the ends of a chance line overlap each other, they do not form an island, but the formation does not show good results. It is a defect, a warning and a disturbing factor wherever it occurs. It relates generally Signs 97
to the hereditary bad traits. Islands are not found on fingers or thumbs. Islands on the palm when in vertical position are inau-
spicious; when horizontal, they are not so bad. A good Line of Head and a strong thumb repair the defect of an island to some extent.
On the Heart Line, it shows hereditary weakness of heart.
If an island is under the Mount of Sun, on the Heart Line, it shows disease of the eyes or weakness of the heart.
An island on the Line of Fate in a male hand shows finan-
cial loss due to cheating by someone, but on a female hand it indicates illicit relations. On the Line of Sun, the person stands to lose his reputation and position through some scandal.
On the Health Line, it shows some serious illness. On the upper portion of Line of Health, it shows throat and bronchial trouble, provided the nails of the person are small and round.
If his.nails are long, it indicates weakness of lungs and, if short, weakness of heart. Towards the end of the Mount of Moon, it shows bladder/kidney trouble.
If a line, with an island, goes from the Mount of Venus to the Mouni of Mercury and cuts the Line of Marriage,.some bad influence causes trouble and disgrace to married life.
Wherever such a line goes it causes damage, e.g., when it goes and cuts the Line of Heart, some misfortune will befall to the loved one.
An jsland at the start of the Line of Life shows weakness of lungs or serious illness in childhood, or hereditary illness, or mystery connected with the birth of the subject. At the end of the Line of Life, it denotes kidney or bladder trouble.
An independent island on any mount lowers the good qualities of that mount. On the Mount of Sun, a big and clear island turns a rich man into a pauper.
The Circle
(Fig. 19-6)
A circle is not a favourable sign, except on the Mount of Sun and at some other places.
On the Mount of Sun, a circle shows wealth and fame; on the Mount of Moon danger from water or death in family. On the right hand, danger to the mother at the time of delivery Signs 97
to the hereditary bad traits. Islands are not found on fingers or thumbs. Islands on the palm when in vertical position are inau-
spicious; when horizontal, they are not so bad. A good Line of Head and a strong thumb repair the defect of an island to some extent.
On the Heart Line, it shows hereditary weakness of heart.
If an island is under the Mount of Sun, on the Heart Line, it shows disease of the eyes or weakness of the heart.
An island on the Line of Fate in a male hand shows finan-
cial loss due to cheating by someone, but on a female hand it indicates illicit relations. On the Line of Sun, the person stands to lose his reputation and position through some scandal.
On the Health Line, it shows some serious illness. On the upper portion of Line of Health, it shows throat and bronchial trouble, provided the nails of the person are small and round.
If his nails are long, it indicates weakness of lungs and, if short, weakness of heart. Towards the end of the Mount of Moon, it shows bladder/kidney trouble.
If a line, with an island, goes from the Mount of Venus to the Mouni of Mercury and cuts the Line of Marriage,.some bad influence causes trouble and disgrace to married life.
Wherever such a line goes it causes damage, e.g., when it goes and cuts the Line of Heart, some misfortune will befall to the loved one.
An island at the start of the Line of Life shows weakness of lungs or serious illness in childhood, or hereditary illness, or mystery connected with the birth of the subject. At the end of the Line of Life, it denotes kidney or bladder trouble.
An independent island on any mount lowers the good qualities of that mount, On the Mount of Sun, a big and clear island turns a rich man into a pauper.
The Circle
(Fig. 19-6)
A circle is not a favourable sign, except on the Mount of Sun and at some other places.
On the Mount of Sun, a circle shows wealth and fame; on the Mount of Moon danger from water or death in family. On the right hand, danger to the mother at the time of delivery
98 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry and on the left hand of a woman an abortion is indicated.
On the mount of [ower or upper Mars, eye trouble is shown; on the Mount of Mercury an accident and on the Mount of Venus cheating in a love affair can be caused. When it is on the Mount of Saturn, the person may indulge in black magic or face a calamity, Indications of a circle on the thumb and the fingers are:
On Thumb First phalange —-Able and steadfast Second phalange—Has a strong reasoning power Jupiter Finger First phalange—Conquer temptation and fear Second phalange—Fame and success in arts Third phalange—Fulfilment of desire Saturn Finger First phalange—Success in Tantra and Mantra Second phalange
— Foresight into future Third phalange—
A historian Sun Finger First phalange—Successful in art Second phalange—Reputed Third phalange— Lucky Mercury Finger First phalange—Famous in eloquence Second phalange—Rich Third phalange—A clever thief or a liar The Grille
(Fig. 19-7)
A grille is a bad sign and decreases the qualities of the mount, if there, and aggravates its bad effects.
On the Mount of Jupiter, it makes the person proud and stubborn; on the Mount of Saturn, the person is concerned with his own motives, faces misfortune, calamity and some-
times imprisonment. Between the mounts of Jupiter and Mars, it shows the possibility of venereal diseases. On the Mount of Sun, it shows vanity and desire for fame and between the mounts of Sun and Saturn paralysis.
98 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry and on the left hand of a woman an abortion is indicated.
On the mount of lower or upper Mars, eye trouble is shown; on the Mount of Mercury an accident and on the Mount of Venus cheating in a luve affair can be caused. When it is on the Mount of Saturn, the person may indulge in black magic or face a calamity.
Indications of a circle on the thumb and the fingers are:
On Thumb First phalange – Able and steadfast Second phalange—Has a strong reasoning power Jupiter Finger First phalange—Conquer temptation and fear Second phalange—Fame and success in arts Third phalange—Fulfilment of desire Saturn Finger First phalange—Success in Tantra and Mantra Second phalange
— Foresight into future Third phalange—
A historian Sun Finger First phalange—Successful in art Second phalange—Reputed Third phalange— Lucky Mercury Finger First phalange—Famous in eloquence Second phalange—Rich Third phalange—
A clever thief or a liar The Grille
(Fig. 19-7)
A grille is a bad sign and decreases the qualities of the mount, if there, and aggravates its bad effects.
On the Mount of Jupiter, it makes the person proud and stubborn; on the Mount of Saturn, the person is concerned with his own motives, faces misfortune, calamity and some-
times imprisonment. Between the mounts of Jupiter and Mars, it shows the possibility of venereal diseases. On the Mount of Sun, it shows vanity and desire for fame and between the mounts of Sun and Saturn paralysis.
St L T
–
.
—
.
Signs 99
On the Mount of Mercury, it makes the person unstable and unprincipled and he undergoes the risk of a violent accident. On the Mount of Moon, the person becomes restless, nervous and melancholic. On the Mount of Venus, it shows unfaithfulness in love, passionate nature and sexual appetite.
On the upper Mount of Mars tendency towards haemorrhage and on the lower Mount of Mars violent temper are indicated.
If at the start and inside the Line of Life, an accident by explosion can occur; on the middle course of this line, when situated on the line, hurdles are faced in achieving success. At the end and on the line, it shows some wasting disease. At the farthest end of the Line of Life, outside it, between the Fate and Life Lines, death of father or loss of ancestral property is indicated.
At the start and on the Line of Fate, it foretells some disease from which the person may suffer.
A grille in the centre of the Line of Fate indicates impair-
ment of mental faculties. Near the Line of Heart, where the Line of Fate cuts it and goes towards the Mount of Saturn, it shows weakness of lungs.
On the Line of Head at the start, it shows headache or swelling in the brain; in the middle of this line, mental weak-
ness and at the end brain injury.
On the Rascette, it shows the person lives in imagination and spends money uselessly, and when near the nail phalange of the thumb, danger to one’s life from his’her spouse can occur, provided it is confirmed from other bad signs on the hand.
On the second phalange of the thumb, it makes the person dishonest but apt in argumentation.
Its indications on the fingers*are:
Jupiter Finger First phalange—Dubious nature Second
,,
—Deceitful, unreliable Third
,»
—Sexy and dishonest
– Saturn Finger First phalange—Unethical and intemperate Second
»
—Illness of nerves, legs or ears Third
»»
—Extremely miserly Signs 99
On the Mount of Mercury, it makes the person unstable and unprincipled and he undergoes the risk of a violent accident. On the Mount of Moon, the person becomes restless, nervous and melancholic. On the Mount of Venus, it shows unfaithfulness in love, passionate nature and sexual appetite.
On the upper Mount of Mars tendency towards haemorrhage and on the lower Mount of Mars violent temper are indicated.
If at the start and inside the Line of Life, an accident by explosion can occur; on the middle course of this line, when situated on the line, hurdles are faced in achieving success. At the end and on the line, it shows some wasting disease. At the farthest end of the Line of Life, outside it, between the Fate and Life Lines, death of father or loss of ancestral property is indicated.
At the start and on the Line of Fate, it foretells some disease from which the person may suffer.
A grille in the centre of the Line of Fate indicates impair-
ment of mental faculties. Near the Line of Heart, where the Line of Fate cuts it and goes towards the Mount of Saturn, it shows weakness of lungs.
On the Line of Head at the start, it shows headache or swelling in the brain; in the middle of this line, mental weak-
ness and at the end brain injury.
On the Rascette, it shows the person lives in imagination and spends money uselessly, and when near the nail phalange of the thumb, danger to one’s life from his’her spouse can occur, provided it is confirmed from other bad signs on the hand.
On the second phalange of the thumb, it makes the person dishonest but apt in argumentation.
Its indications on the fingers’are:
Jupiter Finger First phalange—Dubious nature Second
.,
—Deceitful, unreliable
|
Third
»»
—Sexy and dishonest
– Saturn Finger First phalange—Unethical and intemperate Second
»
—Illness of nerves, legs or cars Third
»
—Extremely miserly
100 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Sun Finger First phalange—Failure in one’s aim Second
,,
—Jealousy Third s, – —Poverty Mercury Finger First phalanfgf:-—Talkalive and causes opposition by loose talk Second
,»
— Criminal tendency and’or
–
imprisonment Third
,,
——Foolhardy The Mole
(Fig. 19-8)
A mole on the palm or on the mounts of the hand is more important than a mole on one of the fingers.
On the Mount of Jupiter, it shows fame and riches, and on the Mount of Saturn, danger from fire, electricity or snake-
bite. On the Mount of Sun, it gives wealth. happiness in life.
A good Fate Line enhances its good results.
On the Mount of Mercury, it indicates loss due to theft.
When this sign is found on a bad hand, the person becomes a back-biter and a liar. On the Mount of Venus, it shows stones in kidney or unhappy married life, but such person can go in for hotel or cinema business, provided this indication is supported by other good signs on the hand. He should, how-
ever, avoid liquor and hot things in his diet.
On the Mount of Moon, it shows initial obstacles in his education, discord in wedded life or stones in kidney or gall-
bladder.
On the Mount of Mars (Lower), near the thumb, it shows head injury, provided its confirmation is found on the Line of Head.
;
On the upper Mount of Mars, under the Mount of Mercury, the person is likely to lose his property which may be acquired by the State.
A mole on the Life Line, under the Mount of Sun, foretells eye trouble, P
——
=
100 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Sun Finger First phalange—Failure in one’s aim Second
,,
—Jealousy Third aw
—Poyerty Mercury Finger First phalan;ge-—TaIkalive and cuauses opposition by loose 1alk Second
,»
— Criminal tendency and ‘or
:
imprisonment Third
,,
-—Foolhardy The Mole
(Fig. 19-8)
A mole on the palm or on the mounts of the hand is more important than a mole on one of the fingers.
On the Mount of Jupiter, it shows fame and riches, and on the Mount of Saturn, danger from fire, electricity or snake-
bite. On the Mount of Sun, it gives wealth. happiness in life.
A good Fate Line enhances its good results.
On the Mount of Mercury, it indicates loss due to theft.
When this sign is found on a bad hand, the person becomes a back-biter and a liar. On the Mount of Venus, it shows stones in kidney or unhappy married life, but such person can go in for hotel or cinema business. provided this indication
1is supported by other good signs on the hand. He should, how-
ever, avoid liquor and hot things in his diet.
On the Mount of Moon, it shows initial obstacles in his education, discord in wedded life or stones in kidney or gall-
bladder.
On the Mount of Mars (Lower), near the thumb, it shows head injury, provided its confirmation is found on the Line of Head.
:
On the upper Mount of Mars, under the Mount of Mercury, the person is likely to lose his property which may be acquired by the State.
A mole on the Life Line, under the Mount of Sun, foretells eye trouble, Signs. 101
A mole under the Mount of Saturn on the Line of Head predicts trouble in the reproductive organs.
The Spot or the Dot
(Fig. 19.9)
A spot or a dot indicates an ailment or trouble. A black dot is a sign of Rahu. A red spot on the Line of Head shows a head injury, blow, shock or a fall.
. A black dot or depression on any major lines (lines of Life, Head or Heart) shows some sort of illness, but on the Line of Fate, in a female’s hand, misfortune in marriage.
A black dot on the third phalange of Jupiter, Sun, or Mercury fingers shows an unsatisfactory married life.
A bluish spot in a square is a sign of typhoid fever or blood poisoning. A white spot on the Line of Life shows injury to the eyes; a red spot on the Line of Head shows injury to the head; a spot under the Mount of Sun an ear trouble and under the Mount of Jupiter a nervous complaint.
A white dot on the Line of Heart shows success in a love affair. A white dot on the Line of Head indicates scientific attainment. Many white spots on the nails show chronic indiges-
tion.
‘
A red dot on the Lines of Life or Health denotes some kind of fever.
A black dot in the centre of the palm makes the person rich. On the sole of the foot, the person gets a government job and gets his work done by persuasion.
A spot on the Mount of Mercury indicates some error in doing business or trade. A brown dot on the Line of Marriage on the outer edge of the Mount of Mercury shows ill luck in marriage.
Some Curious Signs mentioned in books on Hindu palmistry
(Fig. 20)
Many signs marks are seen on the hands. In Hindu pal-
mistry, 10,000 signs and symbols are mentioned, of which 90
signs relate to planets. As many as 37 signs are commonly known. They are listed below (Fig. 20). A sign gives full results Signs 101
A mole under the Mount of Saturn on the Line of Head predicts trouble in the reproductive organs.
The Spot or the Dot
(Fig. 19.9)
A spot or a dot indicates an ailment or trouble. A black dot is a sign of Rahu. A red spot on the Line of Head shows a head injury, blow, shock or a fall.
A black dot or depression on any major lines (lines of Life, Head or Heart) shows some sort of illness, but on the Line of Fate, in a female’s hand, misfortune in marriage.
A black dot on the third phalange of Jupiter, Sun, or Mercury fingers shows an unsatisfactory married life.
A bluish spot in a square is a sign of typhoid fever or blood poisoning. A white spot on the Line of Life shows injury to the eycs; a red spot on the Line of Head shows injury to the head; a spot under the Mount of Sun an ear trouble and under the Mount of Jupiter a nervous complaint.
A white dot on the Line of Heart shows success in a love affair. A white dot on the Line of Head indicates scientific attainment. Many white spots on the nails show chronic indiges-
tion.
‘
A red dot on the Lines of Life or Health denotes some kind of fever.
A black dot in the centre of the palm makes the person rich. On the sole of the foot, the person gets a government job and gets his work done by persuasion.
A spot on the Mount of Mercury indicates some error in doing business or trade. A brown dot on the Line of Marriage on the outer edge of the Mount of Mercury shows ill luck in marriage.
Some Curious Signs mentioned in books on Hindu palmistry
(Fig. 20)
Many signs marks are seen on the hands. In Hindu pal-
mistry, 10,000 signs and symbols are mentioned, of which 90
signs relate to planets. As many as 37 signs are commonly known. They are listed below (Fig. 20). A sign gives full results
102 – Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry CURIOUS SINGS IN INDIiAN PALMISTRY O <=
Pot.
Lotus Flag Goat Crocodile Store Toom Scale Sword Double Eight Flower Swastika square cornered star Tripod Fish Square
@E“Lqufifi’
Umbrella Rectangle Plough Carland
7 ¥ = MWW
@
tFlower Tree Double fish Mor W Cart whee tail O@—
) £
Whorls Palanquin Elephant Umbrella
¥F 20 ¢
()
Tree Fish Temple Bow Crow rekha
.
i
102 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry CURIOUS SINGS IN INDiAN PALMISTRY OR =<
Pot.
Lotus Flag Goat Crocodile Store room
53 4×3%
% 10
Scale Sword Double Eight Flower Swastika square cornered star AP AT Tripod Square LN el G A Umbrella Rectangle Plough Garland
7 ¥ =4 MW
@
LFlower Trece Double fish Mor W Cart whee tall b OO
(1) 4
Couch Whorls Palanquin
~phant Umbrella
7 Q Bow Crow rekha I J Signs 103
when the Lines of Head, Heart and Life are good and normal.
All the signs and marks mentioned in old Hindu scriptures are not generally seen on the hands. Some common signs found on the palm are mentioned below:
(a)
(b)
Pot, lotus, stalk flag, goat¥, crocodile®, store-room Pair of scales*, sword, lotus flower, flag, eight-
cornered star, double-
–
square swastik®
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(b)
Spear-head, tripod, fish or square Umbrella, rectangle, plou-
gh, garland, flower, tree, double fish-tail, formation like ‘M’ or “W’, cart-wheel Conch, shell, whorls turn-
ing to right from left side, palanquin, elephant, um-
brella Tree Fish (Machh Rekha)
Temple sRarely found Person becomes rich through underground treasure or products, e.g., precious stones, petrol, etc.
Has prosperity and long life Sign of success on any mount The person is born with Raja yoga and becomes rich, famous and successful Rich and wealthy It gives honour to schiolars, wealth to businessmen and happiness to all on whose hand the sign appears A very lucky sign of riches, wealth and fame. It indi-
cates a rich, charitable and religious person, who com-
mands respect and will lead a happy life. If the fish has its mouth towards the fingers, the prosperity and happiness will last through-
out his life Temple is a sign of royalty or sanctity
;
RS Signs 103
when the Lines of Head, Heart and Life are good and normal.
All the signs and marks mentioned in old Hindu scriptures are not generally scen on the hands. Some common signs found on the palm arc mentioned below:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
()
(g)
(b)
Pot, lotus, stalk flag, goat*, crocodile®, store-room Pair of scales*, sword, lotus flower, flag, eight-
cornered star, double-
square swastik*
Spear-head, tripod, fish or square Umbrella, rectangle, plou-
gh, garland, flower, tree, double fish-tail, formation like ‘M’ or ‘“W’, cart-wheel Conch, shell, whorls turn-
ing to right from left side, palanquin, elephant, um-
brella Tree Fish (Machh Rekha)
Temple sRarely found Person becomes rich through underground treasure or products, e.g., precious stones, petrol, etc.
Has prosperity and long life Sign of success on any mount The person is born with Raja yoga and becomes rich, famous and successful Rich and wealthy It gives honour to schiolars, wealth to businessmen and happiness to all on whose hand the sign appears A very lucky sign of riches, wealth and fame. It indi-
cates a rich, charitable and religious person, who com-
mands respect and will lead a happy life. If the fish has its mouth towards the fingers, the prosperity and happiness will last through-
out his life Temple is a sign of royalty or sanctity
104 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(i) Bow
“
Bow is found on the hands of kings, princes and great men
(j) Crow (Kag Rekha)
When the fish rekha is open from the back on both the sides, it becomes a crow rekha (kag rekha) and brings bad luck, loss and calamity.
A trident is a triple-forked line. On the Mount of Jupiter, this sign shows acquisition of large property and riches; on the Mount of Sun, brilliance and knowledge.
The Trident (Kamala Rekha)
(Fig. 21)
Wild cotton Indian Scorpion flower sena sena leaf leaf Y o Tridents Barley signs
~
1,
104 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(i) Bow
‘
Bow is found on the hands of kings, princes and great men
(j) Crow (Kag Rekha)
When the fish rekha is open from the back on both the sides, it becomes a crow rekha (kag rekha) and brings bad luck, loss and calamity.
A trident is a triple-forked line. On the Mount of Jupiter, this sign shows acquisition of large property and riches; on the Mount of Sun, brilliance and knowledge.
The Trident (Kamala Rekha)
(Fig. 21)
Wild cotton Indian Scorpion flower sena sena leaf leaf
7Y °”¢
Tridents Barley signs Signs 105
If the Line of Heart has three forks at the end, the person becomes very rich. Sometimes, a trident is formed by the Line of Fate, crossing the Line of Heart, where one of its branches goes to the Mount of Jupiter and the other énds between the first and second fingers. It shows a creative, imaginative and financially rich person, who is also passionate and romantic.
Marks of Sun, Moon and other Planets
(Fig. 1)
The sign of Sun shows respectable family. it is indicated by a circle and a dot, sometimes by a mole or scar like an Indian mallow flower. Moon is shown by a half-circle or flower of wild cotton. The sign of Moon shows a mild temperament.
Mercury is located by its traditional (Fig. 1-A) sign or a
*scorpion sena’ leaf (Fig. 21).
The signs of Venus, Jupiter and Saturn are given in Fig. 1-A Except for Moon and Sun, other signs are rarely found.
Yuv (A barley sign)
(Fig. 21)
{t is an important sign of common occurrence but not taken into consideration by western palmists. It is usually found on the base and/or centre of the thumb, the Rascette and inside of the finger-joints.
When it is found in the centre of the thumb, it makes the person rich, famous and happy. He will enhance the reputation of his family. When this mark is in the first joint of the right thumb, the person was born in Krishna Paksha* during day-time, If it is found on the first joint of the left thumb, the person was born in Shukla Paksha** When the sign is present on both the thumbs on the first joint and is crossed by a line, the time of birth is not ascertainable.
This sign found at the base of the thumb indicates birth of male issues. The number of sons depends on the number of Yuv signs found in the second joint. This indication of male issues from the barley signs (Yuvs) is found mostly true, but the hands of both husband and wife must be seen. However,
*a dark fortnight of the moon
**;3 bright fortnight of the moon
4
r“;
Signs
105
If the Line of Heart has three forks at the end, the person becomes very rich. Sometimes, a trident is formed by the Line of Fate, crossing the Linc of Heart, where one of its branches goes to the Mount of Jupiter and the other &énds between the first and second fingers. It shows a creative, imaginative and financially rich person, who is also passionate and romantic.
Marks of Sun, Moon and other Planets i
(Fig. 1)
I The sign of Sun shows respectable family. {t 1s indicated by e a circle and a dot, sometimes by a mole or scar like an Indian
;
mallow flower. Moon is shown by a half-circle or flower of wild i cotton. The sign of Moon shows a mild temperament.
Mercury is located by its traditional (Fig. 1-A) sign or a
‘scorpion sena’ leaf (Fig. 21).
The signs of Venus, Jupiter and Saturn are given in Fig. 1-A Except for Moon and Sun, other signs are rarely found.
Yuv (A barley sign)
(Fig. 21)
{t 1s an important sign of common occurrence but not taken into consideration by western palmists. It is usually found on the base and or centre of the thumb, the Rascette and inside of the finger-joints.
When it is found in the centre of the thumb, it makes the person rich, famous and happy. He will enhance the reputation
–
of his family. When this mark is in the first joint of the right l thumb, the person was born in Krishna Paksha* during day-time.
‘
If it is found on the first joint of the left thumb, the person was born in Shukla Puksha.** When the sign is present on both the thumbs on the first joint and is crossed by a line, the time of birth is not ascertainable.
This sign found at the base of the thumb indicates birth of male issues. The number of sons depends on the number of Yuv signs found in the second joint. This indication of male issues from the barley signs (Yuvs) is found mostly true, but the hands of both husband and wife must be seen. However,
*a dark fortnight of the moon
**, bright fortnight of the moon a-a Ring of Soloman b-b Ring of Saturn c-~¢c-c~c—-¢ Lucky ‘M*
Mystic cross formed with the of Fate
:
Diksha Rekha – the line.of renuncigtion Mystic cross independently formed A semi circle line from the middle of the first and the second fingers going to the line of Head and cutting it.
106 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry a-a Ring of Soloman b-b Ring of Saturn c-~¢c-c-c~¢ Lucky ‘M?’
d- Mystic cross formed with the of Fate
‘
Diksha Rekha – the line.of renuncigtion Mystic cross independently formed A semi circle line from the middle of the first and the second fingers going to the line of Head and cutting it.
Signs 107
the time of birth of the son cannot be ascertained. A son can be born after or before the birth of a girl.
If this sign is present at the base of all the fingers, the person overindulges in sex. He may meet his end in water. When a Yuv is found at the commencement of the Line of Fate, the person may become orphan in childhood. In the middle of the Fate Line, it shows great attraction for the opposite sex.
If at the end of the Line of Heart on the Mount of Jupiter, the person will die at a holy place.
The life-span of a subject is ascertained from the line on the first joint of the thumb as explained elsewhere, During the period of Yuyv on this line on the first joint of the thumb, the person leads a happy and comfortable [ife.
The significance of Yuv at the joints of the fingers is described in the chapter on fingers.
The Mystic Cross or La Croix Mystique
(Fig. 22)
The Mystic Cross is also called St Andrew’s Cross. This cross is found in the quadrangle between the lines of Head and Heart. Sometimes, it is distinct and separate (22-f) and at other times it is formed by the Line of Fate and a line from the Line of Head to the Line of Heart (22-d). When it is near the Mount of Jupiter, the person is interested in knowing his future. When nearer to the Line of Heart, the person is superstitious, more so when the Line of Head is short and the cross is not well-formed.
When the cross is connected with the Line of Fate and is under the Mount of Saturn, the subject occupies himself with occult studies and has some degree of intuitive powers.
When this cross is attached to the Line of Heart, a female influence is seen. If this cross does not touch the Line of Fate or Sun, it becomes more favourable, When the cross is beside a clear and good Line of Fate, the person becomes a religious leader.
An independent cross in the quadrangle shows an aptitude for Occultism.
Lucky ‘M’ or ‘W’ Sign
(Fig. 22)
The Lucky ‘M’ or ‘W’ Sign is formed by the Line of Life, the Line of Head and the Line of Heart, when the Line of Signs 107
the time of birth of the son cannot be ascertained. A son can be born after or before the birth of a girl.
If this sign is present at the base of all the fingers, the person overindulges in sex. He may meet his end in water. When a Yuv is found at the commencement of the Line of Fate, the person may become orphan in childhood. In the middle of the Fate Line, it shows great attraction for the opposite sex.
If at the end of the Line of Heart on the Mount of Jupiter, the person will die at a holy place.
The life-span of a subject is ascertained from the line on the first joint of the thumb as explained elsewhere. During the period of Yuy on this line on the first joint of the thumb, the person leads a happy and comfortable [ife.
The significance of Yuv at the joints of the fingers is described in the chapter on fingers.
The Mystic Cross or La Croix Mystique
(Fig. 22)
The Mystic Cross is also called St Andrew’s Cross. This cross is found in the quadrangle between the lines of Head and Heart. Sometimes, it is distinct and separate (22-f) and at other times it is formed by the Line of Fate and a line from the Line of Head to the Line of Heart (22-d). When it is near the Mount of Jupiter, the person is interested in knowing his future. When nearer to the Line of Heart, the person is superstitious, more so when the Line of Head is short and the cross is not well-formed.
When the cross is connected with the Line of Fate and is under the Mount of Saturn, the subject occupies himself with occult studies and has some degree of intuitive powers.
When this cross is attached to the Line of Heart, a female influence is seen. If this cross does not touch the Line of Fate or Sun, it becomes more favourable, When the cross is beside a clear and good Line of Fate, the person becomes a religious leader.
An independent cross in the quadrangle shows an aptitude for Occultism.
Lucky ‘M’ or ‘W’ Sign
(Fig. 22)
The Lucky ‘M’ or ‘W’ Sign is formed by the Line of Life, the Line of Head and the Line of Heart, when the Line of
108 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Fate cuts the Line of Head and joins the Line of Heart. ‘M’
stands for money and marriage. Such ¢ formation on the palm makes the person rich and happy in marriage. He can be a mystic, provided he has other signs indicating mysticism.
Other Lucky Signs
(a) When the Line of Head makes an acute angle with the Line of Life and both the lines are long and defectless.
(b) A triangle formed by the Lines of Life and Head, with the Line of Health at the bottom.
(c) Small, clear, upward lines going from the Line of Life towards the fingers.
Ring of Saturn
(Fig. 22)
The Ring of Saturn is a semi-circle around the Mount of Saturn and shows the love of mysticism. The subject likes solitude, and may possess some ill-conceived psychology. In despair and trouble, the person wants to commit suicide, if other signs on the hand confirm this reading. If the semi-circle cuts the Line of Fate, financial position in old age may be tight.
Ring of Solomon
(Fig. 22)
The Ring of Solomon is a semi-circle around the Mount of Jupiter and gives power of Occultism to the possessor. When the half circle is incomplete or there is only a line on the mount, its effect is diminished to a certain extent. In a material hand, it shows common sense and good judgment in worldly affairs.
The Ring of Solomon should be distinguished from the semicircle line starting from the middle of the first and the second fingers and going towards the Line of Head and meeting it. This line shows financial loss in old age.
A horizontal line on the base of the first finger is called
. Diksha rekha (line of renunciation). A clear and long line is effective. If the line is broken, its effect is reduced. It shows that the person may renounce the world or may not marry if other signs corroborate it.
i,
108 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Fate cuts the Line of Head and joins the Line of Heart. ‘M’
stands for money and marriage. Such ¢ formation on the palm makes the person rich and happy in marriage. He can be a mystic, provided he has other signs indicating mysticism.
Other Lucky Signs
(a) When the Line of Head makes an acute angle with the Line of Life and both the lines are long and defectless.
(b) A triangle formed by the Lines of Life and Head, with the Line of Health at the bottom.
(c¢)
Small, clear, upward lines going from the Line of Life towards the fingers.
Ring of Saturn
(Fig. 22)
The Ring of Saturn is a semi-circle around the Mount of Saturn and shows the love of mysticism. The subject likes solitude, and may possess some ill-conceived psychology. In despair and trouble, the person wants to commit suicide, if other signs on the hand confirm this reading. If the semi-circle cuts the Line of Fate, financial position in old age may be tight.
Ring of Solomon
(Fig. 22)
The Ring of Solomon is a semi-circle around the Mount of Jupiter and gives power of Occultism to the possessor. When the half circle is incomplete or there is only a line on the mount, its effect is diminished to a certain extent. In a material hand, it shows common sense and good judgment in worldly affairs.
The Ring of Solomon should be distinguished from the semicircle line starting from the middle of the first and the second fingers and going towards the Line of Head and meeting it. This line shows financial loss in old age.
A horizontal line on the basec of the first finger is called
. Diksha rekha (line of renunciation). A clear and long line is effective. If the line is broken, its effect is reduced. It shows that the person may renounce the world or may not marry if other signs corroborate it.
CHAPTER 12
The Quadrangle
(Fig. 23)
THE quadrangle is formed by the space between the Lines of Hcad and Heart. A narrow quadrangle (where these lines are close) makes the person partial and harsh in his business dealings and personal behaviour. If the space is wider towards the end on the percussion of the palm, the person is straight-
forward. If the space is too wide throughout between the lines, the person is extremely independent.
If the distance between the lines is more under the Mount of Sun than under the Mount of Saturn, the person is mindful of public opinion but, if the space is more under the Mount of Saturn than the space under the Mount of Sun, he is un-
concerned and indifferent to what people say about him. If the quadrangle is broad under the Mounts of Jupiter and Saturn, the subject is money-minded and thrifty.
If the space is narrow, the person becomes. narrow-minded and a miser. If the space is narrow and the Health Line is broken, the person suffers from asthma. A hollow between the quadrangle shows miserliness. If this space is covered by small lines and the person has short fingers and a long palm, restless-
ness and irritability are indicated.
When the quadrangle is wide at both the ends and not narrow in the middle, the person is balanced, intelligent and loyal in friendship. Narrow space in the centre shows prejudice and injustice. Too much space shows carelessness and an uncon-
ventional attitude.
When the, quadrangle is very broad under the Mount of CHAPTER 12
The Quadrangle
{Fig. 23)
THE quadrangle is formed by the space between the Lines of Hecad and Heart. A narrow quadrangle (where these lines are close) makes the person partial and harsh in his business dealings and personal behaviour. If the space is wider towards the end on the percussion of the palm, the person is straight-
forward. If the space is too wide throughout between the lines, the person is extremely independent.
If the distance between the lines is more under the Mount of Sun than under the Mount of Saturn, the person is mindful of public opinion but, if the space is more under the Mount of Saturn than the space under the Mount of Sun, he is un-
concerned and indifferent to what people say about him. If the quadrangle is broad under the Mounts of Jupiter and Saturn, the subject is money-minded and thrifty.
If the space is narrow, the person becomes narrow-minded and a miser. If the space is narrow and the Health Line is broken, the person suffers from asthma. A hollow between the quadrangle shows miserliness. If this space is covered by small lines and the person has short fingers and a long palm, restless-
ness and irritability are indicated.
When the quadrangle is wide at both the ends and not narrow in the middle, the person is balanced, intelligent and loyal in friendship. Narrow space in the centre shows prejudice and injustice. Too much space shows carelessness and an uncon-
ventional attitude.
When the, quadrangle is very broad under the Mount of Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry QUADRANGLE AND BIG AND SMALL TRIANGLES
+ Melliformed and wide towards percussion
‘ shows’ straigfltforwardness Narrow throughout
. shows meanness, Wide throughout ahows
–
independent nature
–
Wider under mount of Saturn – careless
‘/
about his reputation
,
= Wider under mount of Sun –
cares for his
7/ reputation
= Narrow and line of heal‘th.
broken – 5sthama
:
Smll :riangle S Big trlangle A
‘:_.I_’ )
110 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry QUADRANGLE AND BIG AND SMALL TRIANGLES Wel{iformed and wide towards percussion
:
shows straightforwardness
– Narrow throughout
. shows meanness,
– Wide throughout shows.
independent nature
-~ Wider under mount of Saturn – careless about his reputation
.= Wider under mount of Sun
–
cares for his
=
‘
reputation
– Marrow and line of health broken – asthama
& §m§11 triangle
‘
Big triangle
_
” The Quadrangle 111
Mercury, the subject is overkind and broad-minded and some-
times suffers for his generosity. When the quadrangle increases in: breadth, while going down from the Mount of Jupiter towards the Mount-of Mercury, money lent by the subject is not returned by his borrowers. In case it broadens towards the Mount of Jupiter, the money lent by him is generally returned.
In case a quadrangie is absent in the palm and it happens when only one line, i.e., the Simian Line, is present, psychological imbalance is indicated.
TIe Big Triangle
(Fig. 23-7,8)
The big triangle is formed on the palm by the Lines of Life, Head and Health and covers the Plain of Mars. It denotes broadmindedness, liberal views and a generous temperament.
They can sacrifice their personal interest for the sake of society, country and community. If the triangle is small and/or formed by defective lines, the ouflook of the person is marrow, mean and selfish.
If the triangle has the Line of Sun as its base-line, the subjcct will achieve success by his determination.
This triangle has three angles. The upper angle is formed by the Lines of Life and Head. When the angle is pointed and well-formed, a refined taste and good temperament are indica-
ted. When the angle is obtuse, the person does not appreciate artistic values, delicacy and beauty of things. Where the angle is wide and ill-formed, the person is hasty and ill-tempered.
When the Lines of Head and Life are united for a great distance on the palm and the angle becomes blunt, the person lacks in self-confidence and socio-civic sense. When the Lines of Life and Head are separated, the person is independent and pushing.
A middle angle is constituted by the Line of Health (or Sun)
and the Line of Head in the centre of the palm; when well-
formed and pointed it shows good health and a sharp intellect;
when the angle is blunt the native is dull and follows the work-
to-rule policy. Where the angle is very acute and is formed at the Mount of Moon and the Line of Head is defective, thc person is proae to epileptic fits or paralytic strokes.
The Quadrangle 111
Mercury, the subject is overkind and broad-minded and some-
times suffers for his generosity. When the quadrangle increases in. breadth, while going down from the Mount of Jupiter towards the Mount of Mercury, money lent by the subject is not returned by his borrowers. In case it broadens towards the Mount of Jupiter, the money lent by him is generally returned.
In case a quadrangle is absent in the palm and it happens when only one line, i.e., the Simian Line, is present, psychological imbalance is indicated.
The Big Triangle
(Fig. 23-7.8)
The big triangle is formed on the palm by the Lines of Life, Head and Health and covers the Plain of Mars. It denotes broadmindedness, liberal views and a generous temperament.
They can sacrifice their personal interest for the sake of society, country and community. If the triangle is small and/or formed by defective lines, the outlook of the person is narrow, mean and selfish.
‘
If the triangle has the Line of Sun as its base-line, the subject will achieve success by his determination.
This triangle has three angles. The upper angle is formed by the Lines of Life and Head. When the angle is pointed and well-formed, a refined taste and good temperament are indica-
ted. When the angle is obtuse, the person does not appreciate artistic values, delicacy and beauty of things. Where the angle is wide and ill-formed, the person is hasty and ill-tempered.
When the Lines of Head and Life are united for a great distance on the palm and the angle becomes blunt, the person lacks in self-confidence and socio-civic sense. When the Lines of Life and Head are separated, the person is independent and pushing.
‘
A middle angle is constituted by the Line of Health (or Sun)
and the Line of Head in the centre of the palm; when well-
formed and pointed it shows good health and a sharp intellect;
when the angle is blunt the native is dull and follows the work-
to-rule policy. Where the angle is very acute and is formed at the Mount of Moon and the Line of Head is defective, the person is proae to epileptic fits or paralytic strokes.
112 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry A lower angle is formed by the lines of Life and Health, between the mounts of Venus and Moon. When the angle is pointed, it shows a feeble nature, when wide and blunt (when the above lines do not meet) it indicates a generous nature and longevity.
When there is wide space between the Lines of Life and Health and the Line of Fate is not present between them, the person is unfaithful.
If the Line of Head is curved inward and the Line of Health curved downwards, cowardice and meanness are shown.
If a small triangle is formed by the Lines of Fate, Head and Health or by the Lines of Fate, Head and Intuition, the person is interested in Occult sciences and metaphysics, and makes practical use of this knowledge.
A triangle formed by the Lines of Life, Head and Health tells.about one’s income and expenditure. When the triangle is divided in the centre into two parts, the portion on the side of the thumb will indicate expenses and that on the side of the Mount of Moon will show savings. The area in each portion will denote the ratio between expenses and savings.
If all the three corners of the triangle are closed, the savings will be automatic and income and expenses can be counted and fixed; but the fixed expenses cannot be curtailed if there is a gap between the Line of Life and the Line of Health and this corner of the triangle is open; in such a case, if expenses are reduced, income will also be decreased.
The longer the palm is from the middle finger, the more are the savings.
B i gre. s
112 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry A lower angle is formed by the lines of Life and Health,
!
between the mounts of Venus and Moon. When the angle is pointed, it shows a feeble nature, when wide and blunt (when the above lines do not meet) it indicates a generous nature and longevity.
When there is wide space between the Lines of Life and Health and the Line of Fate is not present between them, the person is unfaithful.
If the Line of Head is curved inward and the Line of Health curved downwards, cowardice and meanness are shown.
If a small triangle is formed by the Lines of Fate, Head and Health or by the Lines of Fate, Head and Intuition, the person
, is interested in QOccult sciences and metaphysics, and makes
|
practical use of this knowledge.
–
A triangle formed by the Lines of Life, Head and Health tells. about one’s income and expenditure. When the triangle is divided in the centre into two parts, the portion on the side of the thumb will indicate expenses and that on the side of the Mount of Moon will show savings. The area in each portion will denote the ratio between expenses and savings.
If all the three corners of the triangle are closed, the savings will be automatic and income and expenses can be counted and fixed; but the fixed expenses cannot be curtailed if there is a gap between the Line of Life and the Line of Health and this corner of the triangle is open; in such a case, if expenses are
!
reduced, income will also be decreased.
i;
The longer the palm is from the middle finger, the more are the savings.
=
CHAPTER 13
The Lines
(Fig. 24)
THE lines on the palm are caused by nerves carrying life currents charged with electric current from the brain. A nervous person has more lines on his palm than a blunt-headed or care-free person.
Clear, deep, straight (not wavy), even and pink-coloured lines are good, if they are without a break, cross, bar, island or any other defect.
Each line is to be examined minutely from the beginning to the end in all its variations. i.e., depth, size. signs and defects.
Deep and broad lines show emotional depression. Chained lines are formed by joining of many lines and weaken the qualities of the line. Shallow lines show weakness. A sister line to the main line strengthens the main line and any defect in the main line is bridged over by the presence of a sister line.
A fork at the end of any line (except the Line of Life) gives it strength. A tassel in the line is a sign of dissipation of energy. A split in the line weakens its strength. Little hair lines running by the side of the main line are capillary lines and indicate weakness. Crisscross, dotted, wavy lines and spots on the lines are unfavourable signs. Breaks with fragments overlapping each other mitigate the defects to some extent.
A good line is deep, straight and even. Uneven, unequal, unbalanced and spasmodic lines are considered defective, CHAPTER 13
The Lines
(Fig. 24)
THE lines on the palm are caused by nerves carrying life currents charged with electric current from the brain. A nervous person has more lines on his palm than a blunt-headed or care-free person.
Clear, deep, straight (not wavy), even and pink-coloured lines are good, if they are without a break, cross, bar, island or any other defect.
Each line is to be examined minutely from the beginning to the end in all its variations. i.e., depth, size. signs and defeets.
Deep and broad lines show emotional depression. Chained lines are formed by joining of many lines and weaken the qualities of the line. Shallow lines show weakness. A sister line to the main line strengthens the main line and any defect in the main line is bridged over by the presence of a sister line.
A fork at the end of any line (except the Line of Life) gives it strength. A tassel in the line is a sign of dissipation of energy. A split in the line weakens its strength. Little hair lines running by the side of the main line are capillary lines and indicate weakness. Crisscross, dotted, wavy lines and spots on the lines are unfavourable signs. Breaks with fragments overlapping each other mitigate the defects to some extent.
A good line is deep, straight and even. Uneven, unequal, unbalanced and spasmodic lines are considered defective, h-LINE Of
“h-LINE OF HEALTH v-VIA CASCIVA BRACELETS o)
OF SATURN
1
FINGER OF SuN POINTED FINGER THE LINES
114 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
.
II
114 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry THE LINES SQUARE POINTED FINGER OF SATURN il FINGER
]
FINGER OF SUN BRACELETS h-LINE OF HEALTH v-VIA CASCIVA The lines should be in proportion to the hand and all main lines in proportion to each other. Small lines on a big hand or big lines on a small hand can cause trouble. The subject has to move carefully. I have seen hands where all main lines, except one, are fine—i.e., one line is proportionately short. Suppose this is the Line of Head; it means that the subject is weak in regard to that line. He will have an underdeveloped mind or weak mental faculties. A thick Line of Head shows mental vagueness.
Any split in a line is like a break in the flow. of an electric current or nervous fluid. A small downward split in the line takes away its strength to some extent; it is like a small leak in a pipeline. Upward branches enhance its qualities. Broad and shallow lines show weakness and lack of careful plannmg in life. When the lines are thin, the subject plans first and acts afterwards.
=
Lines
(Fig. 24)
. There are several lines on the hand. The main lines are:
The Line of Life or the Line of vitality (Pitri Rekha)
The Line of Head or Brain Line (Matri Rekha)
The Line of Heart (Ayu Rekha)
:
The Line of Fate or Destiny or Saturn or the Luck Line
(Bhagiva Rekha)
The Line of Sun (line of success) (Surya Rekha)
The Line of Mars (Mangal Rekha)
The Line of Marriage (line of union or liaison)
The Line of Children Ao
00 3 O\ L There are some minor lines, which are not found on all hands, and they are:
The Girdle of Venus The Line of Health (liver)
The Line of Intuition The Line of Business The three bracelets or Rascettes The sister lines W bW –
The Lines 115
The lines should be in proportion to the hand and all main lines in proportion to each other. Small lines on a big hand or big lines on a small hand can cause trouble. The subject has to move carcfully. I have seen hands where all main lines, except one, are fine—i.e., one line is proportionately short. Suppose this is the Line of Head; it means that the subject is weak in regard to that line. He will have an underdeveloped mind or weak mental faculties. A thick Line of Head shows mental vagueness.
Any split in a line is like a break in the flow. of an electric current or nervous fluid. A small downward split in the line takes away its strength to some extent; it is like a small leak in a pipeline. Upward branches enhance its qualities. Broad and shallow lines show weakness and lack of careful planning in life. When the lines are thin, the subject plans first and acts afterwards.
.
Lioes
(Fig. 24)
There are several lines on the hand. The main lines are:
1
The Line of Life or the Line of vitality (Pitri Rekha)
2 The Line of Head or Brain Line (Matri Rekha)
3 The Line of Heart (Ayu Rekha)
4 The Line of Fate or Destiny or Saturn or the Luck Line
(Bhagiva Rekha)
5 The Line of Sun (line of success) (Surya Rekha)
6 The Line of Mars (Mangal Rekha)
7 The Line of Marriage (line of union or liaison)
8 The Line of Children There are some minor lines, which are not found on all hands, and they are:
The Girdle of Venus The Line of Health (liver)
The Line of Intuition The Line of Business The three bracelets or Rascettes The sister lines
[- WV Y WP S
116 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Character and colour of lines
(Fig. 25)
The colour of the lines should be examined by pressing them. Pale lines show weakness or a deceitful character. Red lines show a violent temperament, sclfishness in love. Rosy or pink colour of the lines is normal and healthy. Very deep or very shallow lines or lines with following defects are not good:
Do The Lines ( hange?
The lines are the map of life on the human hand. Lines on the hands of children up to the age of 14 are not reliable as these are under the process of development and change considerably and frequently.
The main lines normally do not change but even these can improve or become a little defective. In case of paralysis, the lines fade away or become dim, especially when the brain is involved in the disease.
Small lines, the Lines of Health. Fate and Sun and lines showing nervousness and worry have be2n found to undergo changes for the better or for the worse. according to the mental state, attitude and efforts of a person and due to a change in his environment during the particular period in his life. Alia Denton Jennings says, ‘‘Lines of hand change under the influence of mind. will or disease.”
116 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Character and colour of lines
(Fig. 25)
The colour of the lines should be examined by pressing them. Pale lines show weakness or a deceitful character. Red lines show a violent temperament, selfishness in love. Rosy or pink colour of the lines is normal and healthy. Very deep or very shallow lines or lines with following defects are not good:
Do The Lines ( hange?
The lines are the map of life on the human hand. Lines on the hands of children up to the age of !4 are not reliable as these are under the process of development and chunge considerably and frequently.
The main lines normally do not change but cven these can improve or become a little defective. In case of paralysis, the lines fade away or become dim, especially when the brain is involved in the disease.
Small lines, the Lines of Health. Fate and Sun and lines showing nervousness and worry have be>n found to undergo changes for the better or for the worse. according to the mental state, attitude and efforts of a person and due to a change in his environment during the particular period in his life. Alia Denton Jennings says, “‘Lines of hand change under the influence of mind. will or disease.”
The Lines 117
Chained line Split lines Forked lines
–
“* Lines with downward branches Breaks with G e
”#,,*fflfizzdflfl fragments overlapping —
each other Clear breaks g ’//”
o
\
Inlanded line Wavy lines Trasselled line b
‘
Spots on line L
11 Capillaried line
;
12 Dotted line
¢
13 Separated lines
14 Chained line
15 Criss-cross line
’MM&W‘
Lines with upward branches, sister lines, good lines
{clear smooth and pink-coloured lines are good)
Sister lines Upward branches Good line
%4
The Lines 117
Chained line Split lines Forked lines
‘ Lines with downward branches fragments overlapping —
each other Clear breaks
””,
–
i w Inlanded line Wavy lines Trasselled line Spots on line i
11 Capillaried line
|
12 Dotted line
13 Separated lines
14 Chained line
15 Criss-cross line Mfi\}m@m\
Lines with upward branches, sister lines, good lines
{clear smooth and pink-coloured lines are good)
\
Sister lines
|
Upward branches Good line B A T S B S AR T R AR o b
-IJ””
»?Jr“f’
o
3
Chapter 14
~
;
The Line of Life i
(Fig. 26 A,B 27, 27a)
HE Line of Life shows health, physical strength, vitality, |
– A illness and span of life. I have not seen a hand without the Line of Life. Benham calls it the‘“map of natural course of life’”.
_f‘
This line always circles around the Mount of Venus. To give |
good results, it should be deep, even, curved, long and pink-
coloured. The line on the left hand shows the subject’s parcntage and hereditary tendencies of health and constitution.
+
The line on the right hand shows the future events of bealth and career. The breadth of the line shows animal –
sirength. When the Line of Life runs close to the thumb, the person is cold in behaviour, weak in sex and low in vitality.
Sometimes functions of the Line of Life are taken over by the Fate Line. (See Fig. 27A)
.
There are several starting points for the line. When it ‘
starts from the Mount of Jupiter, the person is successful in his enterprises. He is.ambitious, aims high and can exercise self-control. He possesses good manners, power of leadership lnd an independant mind.
b
~
If the line is curved and defectless, success and happiness are achieved and the whole family enjoys a comfortable life.
Starting from middle of the Mounts of Jupiter and Mars, it §
makcs the person active and calm.
.
Starting from the Mount of the Positive Mars (lower), it akes the person suspicious and quick-tempered. He suffers om poor health in childhood. He has excess of acid in his stomach. His family expenses increase after his birth.
&
5
LI e e, Ny
4
It
3.
BN RS A S o M s TR G Ty kR, TR L A
1
:
:.J #
o
3
Chapter 14
&
The Line of Life
(Fig. 26 A,B 27, 27a)
L FTHE Line of Life shows health, physical strength, vitality,
– A illness and span of life. 1 have not seen a hand without the Line of Life. Benham calls it the“’map of natural course of life””.
This line always circles around the Mount of Venus. To give .
good results, it should be deep, even, curved, long and pink- .
coloured. The line on the left hand shows the subject’s parentage and hereditary tendencies of health and constitution. –
–
The line on the right hand shows the future events of health and career. The breadth of the line shows animal sirength. When the Line of Life runs close to the thumb, the –
person is cold in behaviour, weak in sex and low in vitality.
Sometimes functions of the Line of Life are taken over by the Fate Line. (See Fig. 27A)
There are several starting points for the line. When it j_’:
Btarts from the Mount of Jupiter, the person is successful in his enterprises. He is -ambitious, aims high and can exercise , self-control. He possesses good manners, power of leadership
–
and an independant mind.
If the line is curved and defectless, success and happiness
ére achieved and the whole family enjoys a comfortable life.
Starting from middle of the Mounts of Jupiter and Mars, it makes the person active and calm.
.
Starting from the Mount of the Positive Mars (lower), it .
makes the person suspicious and quick-tempered. He suffers ‘
from poor health in childhood. He has excess of acid in his stomach. His family expenses increase after his birth.
‘ “The Line’of Life 119
“Af in the ‘beginning of the Life: Line; ofi¢
of its branches starts from the Mount’of Jupiter and the otlier from the Mount of Mars, the person imbibes the quahtncs of both” thc mounts
(Mars ‘and Jupiter) in his life.
~
0 0 200 oo e I
[f the line thins during its course and a spot is found at ‘the end of this thinned line, or, when the line’terminates Wrth a black dot, sudden death can occur; prowded thls s conhrmed by other signs on the palm.
“
–
–
A short, outside fork at the start shows fidelity and justice.
A long, uncrossed fork, one branch gomg towards the Mouni of Jupiter, gives success in life.
‘Small lines at the start of the Life Line, ‘meeting the Linc of Head, denote riches inherited from parents. If these lines are crossed by other small lines, losing a law’suit is possible.
A fork at the termination of the Line of Life, both branches widely separated, show rheumatism or end in poverty, away from home, if other bad signs are found on the hand: A small fork at the end shows good health till the ‘end and 4 lnfe of activity.
The Line of Life tasselled at the cnd or made ug of crosses, shows waning of the bodily system or illness in old age and, if one of the tassels goes to the Mount of Moon, insanity is feared.
–
If the line is short, longevity is reduced for which other signs must be considered, i.e., the presence of a straight and defectless Line of Health and good and long lines of Head and Heart which can make up for the incomplete
‘Life Line.
If the line is uneven—thick and thin at some places—it shows a changeable nature and periods of ‘iliness and good health. A defective line also shows a change of jobs.
A pale line denotes poor circulation of blood. A chained line indicates a weak constitution, nervous trouble and a life full of hurdles. This line is usually chained or ill-formed in ‘the beginning as the childhood is usually a delicate period. If the line is formed by small lines, one over the other hke a laddcr poor health is sure.
–
Deep and thick lines from the Mounts of Mars and Venus touching the Line of Life show oppostition/interference from family members. Thin’ lmes are acts ot‘ opposrtion{hurd]cs‘
from outsiders.
4‘1—|
=
– =
–
‘
“The Linc of Life 119
If in the beginning of the Life Line, one of its branches starts from the Mount’ of Jupiter and the other from the Mount of Mars, the person imbibes the qualltnes of both thc mounts
(Mars and Jupiter) in his life.
5
g ot
[f the line thins during its course and a spot is found at ‘the end of this thinned line, or, when the line terminates Wrth a black dot, sudden death can occur, provnded thlS is conhrmed by other signs on the palm.”
–
A short, outside fork at the start shows fidelity and justice.
A long, uncrossed fork, one branch gomg towards lhc Mount of Jupiter, gives success in life.
Small lines at the start of the Life Line, meeting the Linc of Head, denote riches inherited from parents. If these lines
.are crossed by other small lines, losing a law suit is possible.
A fork at the termination of the Line of Life, both branches widely separated, show rheumatism or end in poverty, away from home, if other bad signs are found on the hand. A small fork at the end shows good health till the end and a-life of activity.
:
The Line of Life tasselled at the end, or made up of crosses, shows waning of the bodily system or illness in old age and, if one of the tassels goes to the Mount of Moon, insanity is feared.
:
If the line is short, longevity is reduced for which other signs must be considered, i.e., the presence of a straight and defectless Line of Health and good and long lines of Head and Heart which can make up for the incomplete Life Line.
If the line is uneven—thick and thin at some places—it shows a changeable nature and periods of iliness and good health. A defective line also shows a change of jobs.
A pale line denotes poor circulation of blood. A chained line indicates a weak constitution, nervous trouble and a life full of hurdles. This line is usually chained or ill-formed in the beginning as the chiidhood is usually a delicate period. If the line is formed by small lines, one over the other like a ladder, poor health is sure.
Deep and thick lines from the Mounts of Mars and Venus touching the Line of Life show oppostition/interference from family members. Thin lmes are acts of opposat}on/hurdles from outsiders.
:
120 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry When this line, while going round the Mount of Venus, suddenly turns down towards the Mount of Moon, it indicates trouble at the time of child-birth in a woman.
If there is wide break in the Line of Life in the right hand and a thin line connects it to the centre of the palm, there can be a drastic change in a woman’s life after her marriage.
If the line is well-shapad, smooth, round and goes in a semi-circle around the Mount of Venus, the subject enjoys good health, status, family hdppiness and good children. Such persons gain weight as they advance in age or from the time the Fate Line becomes thin.
If the line is well-formed and round in the right hand but straight or weak in the left the person improves his family status in his life-time.
:
Good Lines of Life and Head show aptitude for learning and make the person generous and peace-loving.
Upward branches from the Line of Life are auspicious and good; downward branches are harmful. Branches from the Life Line reaching the Head Line or the Mount of Jupiter add to riches and honours.
A large downward line from the Life Line, going towards the Mount of Moon shows restlessness or travel on a normal hand, but, on a flabby hand, it shows indulgence.
A break in the Line of Life shows illness. If the break is covered by a square or a triangle or the broken lines are overlapping each other, the illness is cured.
If the Line of Life is connected with the Head Line and the Line of Head is ill-formed and small, it indicates some accident or sudden illness.
When the Line of Fate is connected with the Life Line in the beginning, the subject is influenced by his family and parents.
A deep line shows energy; a shallow, faint or chained line show weak health, A thin line makes the person apprehensive of coming events and weak in muscular strength; a shallow line shows lack of vitality and a Line of Life composed of several lines indicates unstable health.
If the Line of Life bends towards and ends on the Mount of Moon, the person attains satisfaction and success in his later life but his youth is full of struggle.
n g e 4 P T B e e
120 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry When this line, while going round the Mount of Venus, suddenly turns down towards the Mount of Moon, it indicates trouble at the time of child-birth in a woman.
If there is wide break in the Line of Life in the right hand and a thin line connects it to the centre of the palm, there can be a drastic change in 2 woman’s life after her marriage.
If. the line is well-shapad, smooth, round and goes in a semi-circle around the Mount of Venus, the subject enjoys good health, status, family hdppiness and good children. Such persons gain weight as they advance in age or from the time the Fate Line becomes thin.
If the line is well-formed and round in the right hand but straight or weak in the left the person improves his family status in his life-time.
Good Lines of Life and Head show aptitude for learning and make the person generous and peace-loving.
Upward branches from the Line of Life are auspicious and good; downward branches are harmful. Branches from the Life Line reaching the Head Line or the Mount of Jupiter add to riches and honours.
A large downward line from the Life Line, going towards the Mount of Moon shows restlessness or travel on a normal hand, but, on a flabby hand, it shows indulgence.
A break in the Line of Life shows illness. If the break is covered by a square or a triangle or the broken lines are overlapping each other, the illness is cured.
If the Line of Life is connected with the Head Line and the Line of Head is ill-formed and small, it indicates some accident or sudden illness.
When the Line of Fate is connected with the Life Line in the beginning, the subject is influenced by his family and parents.
A deep line shows energy; a shallow, faint or chained line show weak health. A thin line makes the person apprehensive of coming events and weak in muscular strength; a shallow line shows lack of vitality and a Line of Life composed of several lines indicates unstable health.
If the Line of Life bends towards and ends on the Mount of Moon, the person attains satisfaction and success in his later life but his youth is full of struggle.
The Line of Life 121
THE LINE OF LIFF A a-a Line of life starting from the mount of positive Hars
£
b— Line of life starting from the middle of mounts of Mars and Jupiter c- Line of life starting from the mount of Jupiter
2B T?e l%ne of Mars, adding strength to the linpe of life
.
f- The line of Life ending on the mount of Venus i— Island on the line of life h- DBreak in the line of life e~ Line of life ending between the mounts of Venus and [foon d- Line of life ending on the mount of Moon B a-b and a-c Lines of life and Head joined together in beginning forming a long joint a-a A stralight line of life d-d A thick line of Saturn ending on the line of Head e-e A deep line from the second phalange of the thumb, crgselng the mount of Mars and cutting the line of life
!Ert———____________________________________________________________
The Line of Life THE LINE OF LIFF Line of life starting from the mount of positive Hars
3
b-
Line of life starting from the middle of mounts of Mars and Jupfiter c- Line of life starting from the mount of Jupiter g-g The léne of Mars, adding strength to the linpe of Life f- The line of Life ending on the mount of Venus i–
Island on the line of life h-
DBreak in the line of life e-
Line of life ending between the mounts of Venus and lloon d- Line of life ending on the mount of Moon B a-b and a-c Lines of life and Head joined together in beginning forming a long joint a-3 A straight line of life d-d A thick line of Saturn ending on the line of Head e-e A deep line from the second phalange of the thumb, cr?sslng the mount of Mars and cutting the line of life
122 Eyerybody’s Guide to Palmr’str 3y AV
‘fl‘!-‘fi‘%{_-,?”&‘.”” rrF T B A T S A R R I e
(\?’w s
“”
fai,’
il
– T T n the wrist is ideal and good.
A straight Life Line causes problems of money and health. 34
fin life. A woman having a straight Life Line and a defect ln”’f
{the Head Line under the Mount of Saturn anda thick Fate K Lme sufi‘ers trouble at the time of delivery. She also suffers ’f
;jd‘rom acidity.
e i
‘fi’
.’i The daughter of a person having a- straight and long joint’
*‘
“Df lines of Life and Head may have hysterical fits and greedy
| parents-in-law.
“
The wife of a person with a straight Line ‘of Life suffers*
from ill health. Good lines of Head and Fate rectify the bad‘, tic!fects of a straight Line of Life. A straight Line of Life, lnke
:
“an incomplete or short Line of Life, gives bad results.
‘Jl
~
An incomplete Line of Life shows worry from chlldren
“An incomplete Life Line causes loss in business partnership.
A clear square on the lower part of the Mount of Venus fiouchmg the Life Line shows a monastic life or confinement to
‘a small place.
G
©
An island on the Line of Life with a wavy Line of Health*‘l E’%lu:wn.rs a bad stomach and difficulty in child-birth in the case of i
‘a woman.
A double Line of Life running parallel (Fig. 27, b-b) to each other, circling the Mount of Venus, adds wealth, health
4
*and fame to the -person’s life. The Line of Life is always-‘-‘”
enclosmg the Mount of Venus, while the Line of Mars is on
|
“the Mount of Venus. Wherever on the palm such an extra Life Ime appears beside the Line Life, one gets a better position,
-‘5_’;-
_good health and comforts during the period of its presence. A
‘person with three Life Lines is health conscious and not’
‘sensual. Three lines are, however, rarely seen.
¥
‘
If the Life Line is thicker than the other lines, the subject.
faces trouble. If a part of the line is thick, the person may face ggtensmn and trouble from health, business or children.
)
A thick Life Line on a thin hand, with a crooked Mercury
”’finger makes a person a liar or a thief. If all the fingers are
_crooked and the hand thin, blackish or reddish in complexion,’.
e person is mean and indulges in unnatural sex acts.
4
A break on a thick Line of Life and a thick, black or re(ig
“Hqad Line show opcratmn of kldney, liver or lung. People wlt,h s R MR R R R R A R I A
..ef’
]
122 Evaybody s Gwde to Palm:srr ‘y
{:
4y A T RS TR SR R CO T e Rr CU AR AN i TP TR ATNARE L Endmg of th:s lme betwcen the Mounts of Moon and Vemié;
>on the wrist is ideal and good.
&
% A straight Life Line causes probiems of money and health*
\jn life. A woman having a straight Life Line and a defect in®
Mze Head Line under the Mount of Saturn and a thick Fate’w
‘Line suffers trouble at the time of delivery. She also sufl’ers
.from acidity.
¥
B The daughter of a person having a straight and long _|mntn
‘of lines of Life and Head may have hysterical fits and greedy
*;parents-m—law
‘
“
The wife of a pcrson with a straight Line of Life sufl’ersv
,t‘rom ill health. Good lines of Head and Fate rectify the bad
.
fcfi‘ects of a straight Line of Life. A straight Line of Life, hke
;
flan incomplete or short Line of Life, gives bad results.
An incomplete Line of Life shows worry from children.
; An incomplete Life Line causes loss in business partnership.
=
%
A clear square on the [ower part of the Mount of Venus’
‘touching the Life Line shows a monastic life or confinement to i
‘a small place.
i An island on the Line of Life with a wavy Line of Heallhf’
“shows a bad stomach and difficulty in child-birth in the case of
&
‘a woman.
.
A double Line of Life running parallel (Fig. 27, b-b) to:
“each other, circling the Mount of Venus, adds wealth, health cand fame to the person’s life. The Line of Life is always”
!
“enclosing the Mount of Venus, while the Line of Mars is on
‘the Mount of Venus. Wherever on the palm such an extra Life
“Line appears beside the Line Life, one gets a better position, -:’-.
good health and comforts during the period of its presence. A
‘person with three Life Lines is health conscious and not’
sensual. Three lines are, however, rarely seen.
“
If the Life Line is thicker than the other lines, the subject
“faces trouble. If a part of the line is thick, the person may face:
fjtensmn and trouble from health, business or children.
i
*
A thick Life Line on a thin hand, with a crooked Mercury
-finger makes a person a liar or a thief. If all the fingers are
.
crooked and the hand thin, blackish or reddish in complexion,:
‘the person is mean and indulges in unnatural sex acts.
5
*
A break on a thick Line of Life and a thick, black or reda Head Lme show operation of kidney, liver or lung. People wnth AR K TR BRI oI o T L LIFE LINE
.
The Life line The second life line Thie ‘l’ine of Mars
3
The Life ldine aeparated from the line of head The line of influence cutting the upward branch of life line Upkard: branches. from the lihe of life Downward .branches from the life line
.. |
A small line from the lxne of ‘Mars going towards the: Mount of Moon
1
a=a b-b c=C d=d e-e anctioq,bf.the lifie‘oE,;ife ;aken’ovg;_by;iaiq,kgqe;,u Figs. 27, 27A The Line of Life 113
_/F LIFE LINE
–
The life tine The sccond life line
> The line of Mars The life line separated from the line of head The lirnc of influcnce cutting the upward branch of 1ife bine
‘
Upbiard branches from the line of life Downward branches from the life line A small line from the line of Mars going towards the Mount of Moon e Function of the line of life taken over by fate line Figs. 27, 27A
124 Everybody’s Guide of Palmistry thick Lines of Life and Heart and a defectless Head Line are generally farmers and have large families and their earnings and expenditures are heavy.
A thin Life Line, as compared to other lines on the palm, diminishes the vitality and self-confidence of a person. The Life Line, thin at the start, shows ill-heaith and dissatisfaction with life and family. The subject may have to live separately from his parents.
If the Line of Life starts late after a gap, the person may not get protection of his parents and may remain unsettled.
A thin line, almost touching on any side of the Life Line, causes difficulties to the subject during the period of its appearance.
A thick Line of Fate running close to the Line of Life and stopping at the Head Line causes marital disharmony.
When these Lines of Life and Head are separate at the start
(Fig. 26, a-a,d-d), the Line of Life runs parallel to the Head
_Line and then goes down like a pillar, the person becomes rich. He is simple, irritable by nature and does not keep well till his middle age.
‘A break in the Line of Life shows illness or change in residence, business or employment, but a break covered by a square or a triangle loses its bad effects to some extent. A break under the Mount of Jupiter shows appendicitis or a disease of the intestines, and, under the Mount of Saturn, a disease of the spine.
If both the Lines of Life and Head have islands in the beginning and their joint is thick and long, the opposite ear of the person becomes defective. An island at the end or start of the Life Line causes stomach trouble or fall from a height. A corn-shaped island in the beginning or end causes trouble and tension and there is mystery attached to the birth of the person. The person remains in some sort of difficulty throughout his life.
The Life Line crossing and curtailing the Mount of Venus makes the person cold, dry, unhealthy and childless. The
– person has low vitality and a semen defect.
– A triangle on the Life Line shows acquisition of property. A small cross attached to the Life Line shows a surgical operation.
–
A sister line running outside the Line of Life, not on the
124 Everybody’s Guide of Palmistry thick Lines of Life and Heart and a defectless Head Line are generally farmers and have large families and their earnings and expenditures are heavy.
A thin Life Line, as compared to other lines on the palm, diminishes the vitality and self-confidence of a person. The Life Line, thin at the start, shows ill-health and dissatisfaction with life and family. The subject may have to live separately from his parents.
If the Line of Life starts late after a gap, the person may not get protection of his parents and may remain unsettled.
A thin line, almost touching on any side of the Life Line, causes difficulties to the subject during the period of its appearance.
A thick Line of Fate running close to the Line of Life and stopping at the Head Line causes marital disharmony.
When these Lines of Life and Head are separate at the start
(Fig. 26, a-a,d-d), the Line of Life runs parallel to the Head
_Line and then goes down like a pillar, the person becomes rich. He is simple, irritable by nature and does not keep well till his middle age.
‘A break in the Line of Life shows illness or change in residence, business or employment, but a break covered by a square or a triangle loses its bad effects to some extent. A break under the Mount of Jupiter shows appendicitis or a disease of the intestines, and, under the Mount of Saturn, a disease of the spine.
If both the Lines of Life and Head have islands in the beginning and their joint is thick and long, the opposite ear of the person becomes defective. An island at the end or start of the Life Line causes stomach trouble or fall from a height. A corn-shaped island in the beginning or end causes trouble and tenmsion and there is mystery attached to the birth of the person. The person remains in some sort of difficulty throughout his life.
The Life Line crossing and curtailing the Mount of Venus makes the person cold, dry, unhealthy and childless. The person has low vitality and a semen defect.
A triangle on the Life Line shows acquisition of property. A small cross attached to the Life Line shows a surgical operation.
A sister line running outside the Line of Life, not on the The Line of Life 125
Mount of Venus, ending in a cross or a star, forewarns of some {ragic event; and the same result is predicted if this line is running correctly but turns round suddenly.
Short lines going up from the Life Line give opportunities and good chances in life for success.
In a woman’’s hand, a thick line from the Life Line to the Positive Mars shows a love affair.
A deep line from the second phalange of the thumb, cutting the Life Line after crossing the Mount of Mars, shows death or betrayal of a loved one.
A line of equal thickness from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Saturn, cutting the Line of Life, predicts an accident from a running vehicle. This is to be distinguished from a line from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Saturn acting as a sister line to the Line of Fate, which increases financial gains.
A line from the Mount of Venus, cutting the Lines of Life and Fate and ending on the Mount of Moon, shows some trouble due to a love affair. If it stops at the Fate Line, inter-
ference in business by a relative is shown.
A line from the Mount of Venus, cutting an upward branch from the Life Line means a divorce.
A thick line starting from star on the Mount of Venus and ending in a fork on the Mount of Saturn shows an unhappy marriage ending in the death of the spouse.
A line from a star on the Mount of Venus, joining the Line of Fate, improves the fortune of the subject, after some sad event, and if this line cuts the Line of Sun, loss of a law suit _
is feared.
A line from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Jupiter, ending in a star, shows realization of a person’s ambitions.
A thick line or a bar cutting the Line of Life predicts a serious illness; a blue spot indicates fever and a cross in the middle of the Mount of Moon with a black spot on the Line of Life shows gout.
An island at the start of the Life Line or a defect in the Head Line under the middle finger and the Line of Life in-
clined towards the Mount of Venus show lust and loose morals.
The Line of Life 125
Mount of Venus, ending in a cross or a star, forewarns of some tragic event; and the same result is predicted if this line is running correctly but turns round suddenly.
Short lines going up from the Life Line give opportunities and good chances in life for success.
In a woman’s hand, a thick line from the Life Line to the Positive Mars shows a love affair.
A deep line from the second phalange of the thumb, cutting the Life Line after crossing the Mount of Mars, shows death or betrayal of a loved one.
A line of equal thickness from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Saturn, cutting the Line of Life, predicts an accident from a running vehicle. This is to be distinguished from a line from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Saturn acting as a sister line to the Line of Fate, which increases financia]
gains.
A line from the Mount of Venus, cutting the Lines of Life and Fate and ending on the Mount of Moon, shows some trouble due 10 a love affair. If it stops at the Fate Line, inter-
ference in business by a relative is shown.
A line from the Mount of Venus, cutting an upward branch from the Life Line means a divorce.
A thick line starting from star on the Mount of Venus and ending in a fork on the Mount of Saturn shows an unhappy marriage ending in the death of the spouse.
A line from a star on the Mount of Venus, joining the Line of Fate, improves the fortune of the subject, after some sad event, and if this line cuts the Line of Sun, loss of a law suit is feared.
A line from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Jupiter, ending in a star, shows realization of a person’s ambitions.
A thick line or a bar cutting the Line of Life predicts a serious illness; a blue spot indicates fever and a cross in the middle of the Mount of Moon with a black spot on the Line of Life shows gout.
An island at the start of the Life Line or a defect in the Head Line under the middle finger and the Line of Life in-
clined towards the Mount of Venus show lust and loose morals.
126 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry The Line of Mars
(Figs. 26-g-g & 27-c-C)
This line appears inside the Life Line on the Mount of Venus. It runs close and parallel to the Life Line. If it is broad or deep, it shows the fighting nature of a person. If it runs near to the Life Line or is defective, the person is likely to encounter quarrels during that period and his temperament will remain violent.
A good Line of Mars gives vitality and courage and helps in removing the defect in the Life Line during the period it is present on the Mount of Venus beside the Life Line.
If this line starts from the Mount of Mars and is near the Line of Life, the person has attraction for the opposite sex and may have illicit relations with someone.
If the line starts from the Life Line, one inch away from its origin, and goes to the Mount of Venus, the person becomes prosperous.
A small line from the Line of Mars going towards the Mount of Moon shows intemperance of every kind, addiction to drugs or desire for excitement. The person has excessive energy and a passionate nature, especially if he has a thick, hard hand.
=N i
126 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry The Line of Mars
(Figs. 26-g-g & 27-c-c)
This line appears inside the Life Line on the Mount of Venus. It runs close and parallel to the Life Line. If it is broad or deep, it shows the fighting nature of a person. If it runs near to the Life Line or is defective, the person is likely to encounter quarrels during that period and his temperament will remain violent.
A good Line of Mars gives vitality and courage and helps in removing the defect in the Life Line during the period it i1s present on the Mount of Venus beside the Life Line.
If this line starts from the Mount of Mars and is near the Line of Life, the person has attraction for the opposite sex and may have illicit relations with someone.
If the line starts from the Life Line, one inch away from its origin, and goes to the Mount of Venus, the person becomes prosperous.
A small line from the Line of Mars going towards the Mount of Moon shows intemperance of every kind, addiction to drugs or desire for excitement. The person has excessive energy and a passionate nature, especially if he has a thick, hard hand.
CHAPTER 15
The Line of Saturn or Fate
(Figs. 28, 29)
T is also called the Line of Fate which may give the impression that there is no element of free will in one’s career. This point is discussed in the beginning of this book.
I, therefore, prefer to call it the Line of Saturn—as it goes towards the Mount of Saturn in its normal course. This line gives indications of ambition, occupation, career, comforts, conveyance and spouse. It’ is the line of cause and effect, governing the law of Karmas (actions). It gives the Saturnian qualities of sobriety, wisdom, seriousness, ability to think, to study and foresee. The presence of this line on the palm is not necessarily a guarantee of good luck or riches as explained in the following paragraphs. A person having this line, however, gets favourable circumstances to rise in life. He is wise, intelligent and generally satisfied from the family side. The line should be interpreted with reference to the family in which a person is born.
When this line is absent, the subject has to depend entirely on his own efforts to get what he wants from life, as he may not get favourable circumstances or a laid-out path to tread upon comfortably. It is generally seen that during the period when the line is absent, other lines on the palm may have some defect to predict bad health or adverse family circum-
stances of the person, due to which one could not progress financially during the time of the absence of the Line of Saturn. The absence of this line also denotes absence of con-
cern for career, social inadaptability and, when absent in CHAPTER 15
The Line of Saturn or Fate
(Figs. 28, 29)
T is also called the Line of Fate which may give the impression that there is no element of free will in one’s career. This point is discussed in the beginning of this book.
I, therefore, prefer to call it the Line of Saturn—as it goes towards the Mount of Saturn in its normal course. This line gives indications of ambition, occupation, career, comforts, conveyance and spouse. It’is the line of cause and effect, governing the law of Karmas (actions). It gives the Saturnian qualities of sobriety, wisdom, seriousness, ability to think, to study and foresee. The presence of this line on the palm is not necessarily a guarantee of good luck or riches as explained in the following paragraphs. A person having this line, however, gets favourable circumstances to rise in life. He is wise, intelligent and generally satisfied from the family side. The line should be interpreted with reference to the family in which a person is born.
When this line is absent, the subject has to depend entirely on his own efforts to get what he wants from life, as he may not get favourable circumstances or a laid-out path to tread upon comfortably. It is generally seen that during the period when the line is absent, other lines on the palm may have some defect to predict bad health or adverse family circum-
stances of the person, due to which one could not progress financially during the time of the absence of the Line of Saturn. The absence of this line also denotes absence of con-
cern for career, social inadaptability and, when absent in
128 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry LINE OF SATURN A thick fate line rising from rascette ending in fork on the Mount of Saturn A small sister line running parallel to the line of Saturn Enimical line cutting the line of Saturn Influence line from the mount of Mars cutting the line of Saturn
5-6 Lines of influence joing the line Fig. 28
–
b ~
128 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry LINE OF SATURN A thick fate line rising from rascette ending in fork on the Mount of Saturn A small sister line running parallel to the line of Saturn Enimical line cutting the line of Saturn Influence line from the mount of Mars cutting the line of Saturn
5-6 Lines of influence joing the line Fig. 28
– e o
=
The Line of Saturn or Fate 129
both the hands and where the Head Line is not good, it in-
dicates that intellectual capacity is not fine or competent.
When the line is absent in the beginning and appears later, the person gets good chances from the time it appears on the palm.
A single Line of Saturn is not as good as two or three lines rising from the Life Line or the Plain of Mars, A long Line of Saturn going towards the Mount of Saturn will show good results when accompanied by another such line from the Line of Life under the Mount of Saturn. A hand should be soft, broad, heavy and full of flesh, because, on a thin hand, this line is not effective. On a hard hand with a few lines, i.e., on the hands of farmers and gardeners, this line is not a favourable sign. It is often secen on the hands of beggars, dacoits and thieves. The line shows satisfaction that a person has from his achievements in life. A thin line is better than a thick, broad, dim, black or reddish one. When two or three bases of the fingers are in a straight line (see chapter on
‘Fingers’) and the fingers are also straight and the hand is of a square type, the strength of the Line of Saturn is increased.
As long as the defect in the Line of Saturn continues, hurdles in education, marriage or business are faced.
A line, clear and defectless, going from the wrist to the Mount of Saturn, is very lucky and the possessor starts his career from an early age. He is honest, hard-working, indepen-
dent and skilled. He adopts a profession other than his father’s.
If this line enters the first phalange of the middle finger, the person overexerts himself and the last period of his life is not honourable. If there is also a star on the nail phalange of the Saturn finger, serious consequences may follow.
If the line is thick and deep, the person lives in anxiety during the period of such position of the line.
If the line is thin, the person is honest and self-made.
When the line starts from the Life Line on both the hands, the father of the subject was also self-made.
A line starting from the first bracelet of the Rascette and going to the Mount of Saturn shows the person has been shouldering responsibilities since his early childhood and has become prominent in his profession. When this line suddenly stops at the Heart Line, involvement in a sex scandal is The Line of Saturn or Fate 129
both the hands and where the Head Line is not good, it in-
dicates that intellectual capacity is not fine or competent.
When the line is absent in the beginning and appears later, the person gets good chances from the time it appears on the palm.
A single Line of Saturn is not as good as two or three lines rising from the Life Line or the Plain of Mars, A long Line of Saturn going towards the Mount of Saturn will show good results when accompanied by another such line from the Line of Life under the Mount of Saturn. A hand should be soft, broad, heavy and full of flesh, because, on a thin hand, this line is not effective. On a hard hand with a few lines, i.ec., on the hands of farmers and gardeners, this line is not a favourable sign. It is often seen on the hands of beggars, dacoits and thieves. The line shows satisfaction that a person has from his achievements in life. A thin line is better than a thick, broad, dim, black or reddish one. When two or three bases of the fingers are in a straight line (see chapter on
‘Fingers’) and the fingers are also straight and the hand is of a square type, the strength of the Line of Saturn is increased.
As long as the defect in the Line of Saturn continues, hurdles in education, marriage or business are faced.
A line, clear and defectless, going from the wrist to the Mount of Saturn, is very lucky and the possessor starts his career from an early age. He is honest, hard-working, indepen-
dent and skilled. He adopts a profession other than his father’s.
If this line enters the first phalange of the middle finger, the person overexerts himself and the last period of his life is not honourable. If therc is also a star on the nail phalange of the Saturn finger, serious consequences may follow.
If the line is thick and deep, the person lives in anxiety during the period of such pasition of the line.
If the line is thin, the person is honest and seif-made.
When the line starts from the Life Line on both the hands, the father of the subject was also self-made.
A line starting from the first bracelet of the Rascette and going to the Mount of Saturn shows the person has been shouldering responsibilities since his early childhood and has become prominent in his profession. When this line suddenly stops at the Heart Line, involvement in a sex scandal is
130 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry possible. In case the hand is bad. heart weakness can also occur.
If the line starts from inside the Mount of Venus, the family of the subject rules his career and he is unable to liberate himself from the situation. On a female hand, when other signs corroborate, the subject becomes a society girl to support her family. If this line starts from inside the Line of Life, she is influenced by her father; when the line starts from the centre of the palm, independent of the Life Line, she is in-
dependent of her husband and does not want to be dominated.
When this line rises from the Mount of Luna, she will be obedient, submissive and respectful to her husband, and when it does not reach the Head Line. she will completely surrender to her husband’s will.
If the Line of Saturn is thick and reaches the Mount of Saturn, the fingers are crooked, the hand is thin and the Head Line is defective, the possessor is immoral and deals in the flesh trade.
This line, starting from the Mount of Moon (Fig. 29) going towards or up to the Mount of Saturn, shows interest in and love of the opposite sex and help from that side. A public career is generally adopted by the person with success. When this line starts from the Mount of Moon and stops at the Line of Head, the person is unstable; when it stops at the Heart Line, he is influenced by others and has a slow rise.
The Line of Saturn, starting from the middle of the palm or the Plain of Mars, makes a person self-made, independent, progressive, successful and reputed, after an initial struggle and hard work.
Starting from the Head Line, the person rises through his intellectual work and, at the time of the start of the line, he can start any new work, which will be crowned with success.
If this line is forked at the start, with one prong from the Mount of Venus or from near it or from the first bracelet, the person was adopted in the childhood.
If asmall line runs parallel to the Line of Saturn, the person has a love affair with someone besides his wife, but if the Mount of Venus is not high, he may have two sources of income.
Bifurcation of this line at the end on the Mount of Saturn
130 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry possible. In case the hand is bad. heart weakness can also occur.
If the line starts from inside the Mount of Venus, the family of the subject rules his career and he is unable to liberate himself from the situation. On a female hand, when other signs corroborate, the subject becomes a society girl to support her family. If this line starts from inside the Line of Life, she is influenced by her father; when the line starts from the centre of the palm. independent of the Life Line, she 1s in-
dependent of her husband and does not want to be dominated.
When this line rises from the Mount of Luna, she will be obedient, submissive and respectful to her husband, and when it does not reach the Head Line. she will completely surrender to her husband’s will.
If the Line of Saturn is thick and reaches the Mount of Saturn, the fingers are crooked, the hand is thin and the Head Line is defective, the possessor is immoral and deals in the flesh trade.
This line, starting from the Mount of Moon (Fig. 29) going towards or up to the Mount of Saturn, shows interest in and love of the opposite sex and help from that side. A public career is generally adopted by the person with success. When this line starts from the Mount of Moon and stops at the Line of Head, the person is unstable; when it stops at the Heart Line, he is influenced by others and has a slow rise.
The Line of Saturn, starting from the middle of the palm or the Plain of Mars, makes a person self-made, independent, progressive, successful and reputed, after an initial struggle and hard work.
Starting from the Head Line, the person rises through his intellectual work and, at the time of the start of the line, he can start any new work, which will be crowned with success.
If this line is forked at the start, with one prong from the Mount of Venus or from near it or from the first bracelet, the person was adopted in the childhood.
If asmall line runs parallel to the Line of Saturn, the person has a love affair with someone besides his wife, but if the Mount of Venus is not high, he may have two sources of income.
Bifurcation of this line at the end on the Mount of Saturn The Line of Saturn or Fate 131
STARTING AND ENDING POINTS OF LINE OF SATURN(FATE)
:
i
1- Starting from the “life line
2-
!
mount of Venus
3-
&
b
“
heart line
4-
b
&
“
head line S5~
A o
“
plain of Mars
6=
4
¢
“
middle of the palm
7=
“
&2
‘””
rascettes
8-~
ks F
“
mount of Moon
9__10
(4]
n
1″
n
“
“
(small lines of fate The fate 1ine forks at the start The Line of Saturn or Fate 131
STARTING AND ENDING POINTS OF LINE OF SATURN(FATE)
1- Starting from the “1life line
“
1
1″
1″
t
“
“
“
“
“
“
9-10
“
mount of Venus heart line head line plain of Mars middle of the palm rascettes mount of Moon
1A Ll
“
(small lines of fate The fate 1ine forks at the start Fig. 29
132 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry provides the person with happiness and power of intuition.
One may have premonition about his death, but a tassel formation will show lack of planning and an uneasy old age.
When an independent Line of Saturn ends on the Head Line on both the hands, the person is likely to go abroad.
The Line of Saturn ending at the same point on both the hands shows loss of the life partner. This is confirmed if a branch of the Heart Line goes to the Head Line and the Line of Life is straight, the Jupiter finger is small and the hand is not conic.
A thick Line of Saturn and raised mounts indicate a greedy person. A Line of Saturn, thicker than other lines on the hand, gives bad results, but if other signs on the hand are good
(e.g., the Life Line is round, the Line of Head is defectless, the thumb opens fully, another Line of Saturn is present, the fingers are thin), the bad effect of thickness is nullified. A thick Line of Saturn makes the person selfish, greedy and unsympathetic.
When the thick line ends on the Line of Heart, the person encounters trouble in partnership and, if with such a formation his Line of Life is also defective, or has an obstacle line or island on it, he is not likely to have a male issue.
A Line of Saturn which is thick in the beginning and then becomes thin is better than a thin line throughout If the line is thick on the left hand and thin on the right one, the person, though born in a rich family, settles in life independently.
A thick Line of Saturn ending on the Line of Head and a branch of the Heart Line cutting the Head Line result in separation, death, or divorce.
When the Line of Saturn stops at the Line of Head, the native or his children visit or settle down in a foreign country.
A thick Line of Saturn ending on the Heart Line means that the subject’s children will not be good at studies.
A Manglik person (with strong Mars not congenial to life-
partner)has a prominent Mount of Mars, a thick Line of Saturn, a small Jupiter finger and a thick offshoot of the Heart Line touching the Line of Head. All the above signs are not always found, as a Manglik person is of several degrees and kinds.
A Line of Saturn which is away from the Line of Life is good. If it is close to the Life Line, the person depends on his parents and family financially and mentally,
132 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
|
|
provides the person with happiness and power of intuition.
One may have premonition about his death, but a tassel formation will show lack of planning and an uneasy old age.
|
When an independent Line of Saturn ends on the Head Line on both the hands, the person is likely to go abroad.
The Line of Saturn ending at the same point on both the hands shows loss of the life partner. This is confirmed if a
:
branch of the Heart Line goes to the Head Line and the Line
:
of Life is straight, the Jupiter finger is small and the hand is I not conic.
i A thick Line of Saturn and raised mounts indicate a greedy l person. A Line of Saturn, thicker than other lines on the
3
hand, gives bad results, but if other signs on the hand are good
‘
(e.g., the Life Line is round, the Line of Head is defectless, the
|
thumb opens fully, another Line of Saturn is present, the fingers
“
are thin), the bad effect of thickness is nullified. A thick Line
113
of Saturn makes the person selfish, greedy and unsympathetic.
.
When the thick line ends on the Line of Heart, the person
‘
encounters trouble in partnership and, if with such a formation
]
his Line of Life is also defective, or has an obstacle line or i.
island on it, he is not likely to have a male issue.
l
‘
A Line of Saturn which is thick in the beginning and then becomes thin is better than a thin line throughout If the line is thick on the left hand and thin on the right one, the person,
|
though born in a rich family, settles in life independently.
|
A thick Line of Saturn ending on the Line of Head and
|
a branch of the Heart Line cutting the Head Line result in l separation, death, or divorce.
When the Line of Saturn stops at the Line of Head, the
|
native or his children visit or settle down in a foreign country.
l A thick Line of Saturn ending on the Heart Line means that the subject’s children will not be good at studies.
A Manglik person (with strong Mars net congenial to life-
partner)has a prominent Mount of Mars, a thick Line of Saturn, a small Jupiter finger and a thick offshoot of the Heart Line touching the Line of Head. All the above signs are not always found, as a Manglik person is of several degrees and kinds.
A Line of Saturn which is away from the Line of Life is good. If it is close to the Life Line, the person depends on his parents and family financially and mentally,
:
“
h
»
|
The Line of Saturn or Fate 133
When the Line of Saturn is cut by an influence line from the Mount of Venus, there is interference from relatives or grief arising from family or trouble caused by a lady in the family.
Several small cross-lines cutting the Line of Saturn show obstacles in career.
Islands on the Line of Saturn, and at the end of the Line of Head and on the Line of Influence with a defective Heart Line, show a person with loose morals.
An isiland on the Line of Saturn, without any other bad sign, shows loss of money or reputation, or guilty intrigue. At the start of the line, it points to a mystery connected with the birth of the native—illegitimacy. If there is an island on the Line of Saturn at the beginning or very near the Line of Life, family conditions are bad.
A dim, broad, thick Line of Saturn is defective, and when there are other bad signs on the hand (i.e., Brain and Life Lines having defects), the person fights the battle of life without any help from relatives and friends.
A cross at the start of this line shows loss of parents at an early age.
An Influence Line from the Mount of Moon joining the Line of Saturn, and a branch from the Influence Line from the Mount of Venus going to the Mount of Sun, show marriage resulting in fame and fortune.
A Line of Saturn originating from the Mount of Moon, having an island at the commencement, has an adverse effect on love affairs, business and profession.
When there is an island on the Line of Saturn, above the Line of Heart, and the Line of Head is faulty, and a branch of the Line of Life goes towards the Mount of Venus, or a branch of the Heart Line meets the Line of Head, the native may lose his issue in an accident.
A cross by the side of the Line of Saturn shows change of situation, place of living and stimulation of religious potential.
A star on the Line of Saturn shows sudden misfortune.
A deep line from the Heart Line cutting the Line of Saturn shows failure in a love affair or widowhood. The Line of In-
fluence meeting the Line of Saturn predicts an illicit relation-
ship ending in infamy, provided the finger of Jupiter is small.
A good influence Line with a long Jupiter finger shows marriage.
The Line of Saturn or Fate
133
When the Line of Saturn is cut by an influence line from the Mount of Venus, there is interference from relatives or grief arising from family or trouble caused by a lady in the family.
Several small cross-lines cutting the Line of Saturn show obstacles in career.
Islands on the Line of Saturn, and at the end of the Line of Head and on the Line of Influence with a defective Heart Line, show a person with loose morals.
An isiand on the Line of Saturn, without any other bad sign, shows loss of money or reputation, or guilty intrigue. At the start of the line, it points to a mystery connected with the birth of the native—illegitimacy. If there is an island on the Line of Saturn at the beginning or very near the Line of Life, family conditions are bad.
A dim, broad, thick Line of Saturn is defective, and when there are other bad signs on the hand (i.e., Brain and Life Lines having defects), the person fights the battle of life without any help from relatives and friends.
A cross at the start of this line shows loss of parents at an early age.
An Influence Line from the Mount of Moon joining the Line of Saturn, and a branch from the Influence Line from the Mount of Venus going to the Mount of Sun, show marriage resulting in fame and fortune.
A Line of Saturn originating from the Mount of Moon, having an island at the commencement, has an adverse effect on love affairs, business and profession.
When there is an island on the Line of Saturn, above the Line of Heart, and the Line of Head is faulty, and a branch of the Line of Life goes towards the Mount of Venus, or a branch of the Heart Line meets the Line of Head, the native may lose his issue in an accident.
A cross by the side of the Line of Saturn shows change of situation, place of living and stimulation of religious potential.
A star on the Line of Saturn shows sudden misfortune.
A deep line from the Heart Line cutting the Line of Saturn shows failure in a love affair or widowhood. The Line of In-
fluence meeting the Line of Saturn predicts an illicit relation-
ship ending in infamy, provided the finger of Jupiter is small.
A good influence Line with a long Jupiter finger shows marriage.
134 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry A defectless line from the Mount of Moon going to the Mount of Saturn and a small nail on the little finger denote that the person may take up politics as a career or hobby. A lady having such a line brings good luck to the family. If there are other Fate lines, besides the above Fate Line, from the Mount of Moon, the person has property in several places—
some of which may be near water.
The Line of Saturn, starting from the Line of Life at the age of about 35, causes a rise in the subject’s career and cons-
truction of property.
If the Line of Saturn comes out from the Heart Line and goes to the Mount of Saturn, the person starts some new business and goes abroad, but this should not be mistaken for several tattered lines on the Mount of Saturn, indicating gout or arth-
ritis. This type of line gives prosperity to the person late in life, but the Life Line should be well-formed and round.
Two thin Fate Lines, starting from the Line of Life and going towards the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn, are better than the presence of only one Fate Line on the hand.
A small line between the Lines of Saturn and Life causes hurdles in career at the particular period of the presence of such a line.
e ———
S e L i W il LA ek
134 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry A defectless line from the Mount of Moon going to the Mount of Saturn and a small nail on the little finger denote that the person may take up politics as a career or hobby. A lady having such a line brings good luck to the family. If there are other Fate lines, besides the above Fate Line, from the Mount of Moon, the person has property in several places—~
some of which may be near water.
The Linc of Saturn, starting from the Line of Life at the age of about 35, causes a rise in the subject’s career and cons-
truction of property.
If the Line of Saturn comes out from the Heart Line and goes to the Mount of Saturn, the person starts some new business and goes abroad, but this should not be mistaken for several tattered lines on the Mount of Saturn, indicating gout or arth-
ritis. This type of line gives prosperity to the person late in life, but the Life Line should be well-formed and round.
Two thin Fate Lines, starting from the Line of Life and going towards the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn, are better than the presence of only one Fate Line on the hand.
A small line between the Lines of Saturn and Life causes hurdles in career at the particular period of the presence of such a line.
R St
¥ BT e R
18 0 | QU Pt~y Lo R S
– –
¥ _
ERUWTE e e CHAPTER 16
The Line of Heart
(Fig. 30)
HERE is a controversy about where the Line of Heart starts from. Count Louis Hamon (Cheiro), Comte C. de Saint-Germain and Fred Greeting, Benham, Mir Bashir and some others say it starts from different points of the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn or from in between these mounts and ends at the radial side of the palm near the Mount of Mercury, but some others, viz., M,M. Gaffar, Julius Spier, D.F.
Abayakoon and Hindu palmists (calling it Ayu Rekha) consider that this line has its origin from below the Mount of Mercury.
They assign reasons for their contentions. First, all the lines get thin at the end; secondly, the commencement of all the lines is from one specific part of the paim. So, according to my experience, I will place its starting point at below the Mount of Mercury under the little finger. Any of the methods can be adopted but the conclusion/predictions do not differ. Those who accept that the line commences from under the fourth finger give the same reading for its ending points as are given for the beginning of the line from these points.
This line reveals the physical, vital strength of the heart.
strength of character and ambition, disposition and psycho-
logy.
It passes near the four important Mounts of hand, Mercury, Sun, Saturn and Jupiter and carries their influence with it.
This line is absent when there is a single line on the palm
(Simian line) (Fig. 30.3).
CHAPTER 16
The Line of Heart
(Fig. 30)
HERE is a controversy about where the Line of Heart starts from. Count Louis Hamon (Cheiro), Comte C. de Saint-Germain and Fred Greeting, Benham, Mir Bashir and some others say it starts from different points of the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn or from in between these mounts and ends at the radial side of the palm near the Mount of Mercury, but some others, viz., M,M. Gaffar, Julius Spier, D.F.
Abayakoon and Hindu palmists (calling it Ayu Rekha) consider that this line has its origin from below the Mount of Mercury.
They assign reasons for their contentions. First, all the lines get thin at the end; secondly, the commencement of all the lines is from one specific part of the palm. So, according to my experience, [ will place its starting point at below the Mount of Mercury under the little finger. Any of thc methods can be adopted but the conclusion/predictions do not differ. Those who accept that the line commences from under the fourth finger give the same reading for its ending points as are given for the beginning of the line from these points.
This line reveals the physical, vital strength of the heart.
strength of character and ambition, disposition and psycho-
logy.
It passes near the four important Mounts of hand, Mercury, Sun, Saturn and Jupiter and carries their influence with it.
This line is absent when there is a single line on the palm
(Simian line) (Fig. 30.3).
THE LINE OF HEART The line going towards the line of Head The line of heart going to the mount of Jupiter The line reaching the upper part of the mount of Jupiter and having three forks The line reaching the mount of Saturn A line running near the line of heart line of heart from one end to the other and parallelito the line of Head Simian line–only one line appears on the hand in place of the lines of Heart and Head
136 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry THE LINF. OF HEART The line going towards the line of Head The line of heart going to the mount of Jupiter The line reaching the upper part of the mount of Jupiter and having three forks The line reaching the mount of Saturn A line running near the line of heart line of heart from one end to the other and parallelito the line of Head Simian line–only one line appears on the hand in place of the lines of Heart and Head Fig. 30
The Line of Heart 137
‘A small and thin Heart Line makes the person timid, narrow-
minded and coward. A broad and shallow line shows a weak action of heart and a chained line uncertainty in affections.
A short line tells that the subject has less love and affec-
tions, unless the Mount of Venus is raised and good. His physical heart is not in perfect working condition. A long line makes the person large-hearted and sentimental. The absence of this line shows an unscrupulous and cold personality.
If this line is near the Head Line the person uses his brain more than his heart to decide matters.
A Heart Line falling towards the Line of Head near the Mount of Jupiter shows rule of the head, i.e., reason rules over the heart—feelings and sentiments.
:
A Heart Line is defective if it is blackish or reddish, or is near the base of the fingers or has a cross, break, island, chain-formation or is thin or thick or very deep. Dots and small lines cutting the Line of Heart show ill-health. Any defect under the Mount of Sun is to be taken seriously. A break under this mount shows heart trouble and, under the Mount of Saturn, it denotes rheumatism.
If the line is close to the fingers, the person is immoral, sensual, jealous and suffers from gout. Some distance between the fingers and this line makes a person sympathetic, noble, independent and easy-going. A chained line under the fourth finger indicates that the native did not receive parents’ love in childhood.
A defectless Heart Line reaching the Mount of Jupiter or near the Jupiter finger makes the person strainghtforward, helpful and noblehearted. If the Heart Line goes up to the middle of the Mount of the Jupiter, and the Head Line starts from this mount, the person takes part in politics.
A Heart Line crossing the palm from one side to the other shows love of possessions, passion and an exceptionally affectionate nature, which may cause disappointment to the possessor at the time when there is little response from the other side.
If it goes towards the Head Line and narrows the space between the Lines of Heart and Head, the person becomes narrowminded. When this line cuts the Line of Head or Life, it results in some serious calamity.
The Line of Heart 137
A small and thin Heart Line makes the person timid, narrow-
minded and coward. A broad and shallow line shows a weak action of heart and a chained line uncertainty in affections.
A short line tells that the subject has less love and affec-
tions, unless the Mount of Venus is raised and good. His physical heart is not in perfect working condition. A long line makes the person large-hearted and sentimental. The absence of this line shows an unscrupulous and cold personality.
If this line is near the Head Line the person uses his brain more than his heart to decide matters.
A Heart Line falling towards the Line of Head near the Mount of Jupiter shows rule of the head, i.e., reason rules over the heart—feelings and sentiments.
A Heart Line is defective if it is blackish or reddish, or is near the base of the fingers or has a cross, break, island, chain-formation or is thin or thick or very deep. Dots and small lines cutting the Line of Heart show ill-health. Any defect under the Mount of Sun is to be taken seriously. A break under this mount shows heart trouble and, under the Mount of Saturn, it denotes rheumatism.
If the line is close to the fingcrs, the person is immoral, sensual, jealous and suffers from gout. Some distance between the fingers and this line makes a person sympathetic, noble, independent and easy-going. A chained line under the fourth finger indicates that the native did not receive parents’ love in childhood.
A defectless Heart Line reaching the Mount of Jupiter or near the Jupiter finger makes the person strainghtforward, helpful and noblehearted. If the Heart Line goes up to the middle of the Mount of the Jupiter, and the Head Line starts from this mount, the person takes part in politics.
A Heart Line crossing the palm from one side to the other shows love of possessions, passion and an exceptionally affectionate nature, which may cause disappointment to the possessor at the time when there is little response from the other side.
If it goes towards the Head Line and narrows the space between the Lines of Heart and Head, the person becomes narrowminded. When this line cuts the Line of Head or Life, it results in some serious calamity.
138 Lverybody’s Guide to Palmistry If the line is forked and ends at the upper part of the Mount of Jupiter, it shows ideal, pure and steadfast love. If the line is three-forked at the end on the Mount of Jupiter, the person becomes very rich, If the line is forked and one branch of the fork goes to the Mount of Jupiter and the other towards the middle of the Jupiter and Saturn fingers, the person gets comforts and happiness in married life.
On a lady’s hand, if the Heart Line ends on Jupiter, its branches going towards the defective brain line, she is lustful and sexy.
A line running near the Line of Heart increases its strength.
A triangle on the Heart Line predicts that the subject will build his own house and acquire property.
If the line starts from the Mount of Mercury without small branches at its beginning, the person may not get children.
This indication is confirmed when other signs of children are absent from the hand.
Any defect like a bend, an island, or break in this line under the Mount of Sun or Mercury causes loss of eyesight.
Defects in both the hands make eye-trouble hereditary. -A defective Heart Line, with the Brain Line having. an island under the Mount of Sun, on a hard hand, and when the Mounts of Venus and Moon are raised, make the person very sensual.
It the Heart Line is thick, bifurcated, or islanded under the Mount of Saturn, and the Life Line has an island, under the Mount of Jupiter, the person suffers from weakness of kidneys or the prostate gland or appendicitis.
A branchless Line of Heart shows a dry nature and when it starts from the Mount of Negative (Upper) Mars it depicts a cruel nature. A double Heart Line makes a person extremely devoted in love, human as well as spiritual. His life-partner will also be nice.
A Heart Line ending under-the Mount of Saturn, with a prominent Satura finger, indicates that the person is of a saintly nature, indifferent to the world and begins to hate women in old age but the same formation of the line on a bad hand shows selfishness. If this line is close to the Line of Head, the person is hard-working and reputed.
Where the Heart Line ends on the middle finger, the SR AP NSRS N
138 kverybody’s Guide to Palmistry If the line is forked and ends at the upper part of the Mount of Jupiter, it shows ideal, pure and steadfast love. If the line is three-forked at the end on the Mount of Jupiter, the person becomes very rich, If the line is forked and one branch of the fork goes to the Mount of Jupiter and the other towards the middle of the Jupiter and Saturn fingers, the person gets comforts and happiness in married life.
On a lady’s hand, if the Heart Line ends on Jupiter, its branches going towards the defective brain line, she is lustful and sexy.
A line running near the Line of Heart increases its strength.
A triangle on the Heart Line predicts that the subject will build his own house and acquire property.
If the line starts from the Mount of Mercury without small branches at its beginning, the person may not get children.
This indication is confirmed when other signs of children are absent from the hand.
Any defect like a bend, an island, or break in this line under the Mount of Sun or Mercury causes loss of eyesight.
Defects in both the hands make eye-trouble hereditary. -A defective Heart Line, with the Brain Line having- an island under the Mount of Sun, on a hard hand, and when the Mounts of Venus and Moon are raised, make the person very sensual.
It the Heart Line is thick, bifurcated, or islanded under the Mount of Saturn, and the Life Line has an island, under the Mount of Jupiter, the person suffers from weakness of kidneys or the prostate gland or appendicitis.
A branchless Line of Heart shows a dry nature and when it starts from the Mount of Negative (Upper) Mars it depicts a cruel nature. A double Heart Line makes a person extremely devoted in love, human as well as spiritual. His life-partner will also be nice.
A Heart Line ending under-the Mount of Saturn, with a prominent Satura finger, indicates that the person is of a saintly nature, indifferent to the world and begins to hate women in old age but the same formation of the line on a bad hand shows selfishness. If this line is close to the Line of Head, the person is hard-working and reputed.
Where the Heart Line ends on the middle finger, the The Line of Heart 139
person lacks the capacity to give or receive love. A very long Line of Heart reaching the other side of the palm shows that the person wants total possession of his beloved. If it ends at the base of the Mount of Jupiter and the Jupiter finger is long, the person loves passionately and expects love in return. But if this line is short, his love is of a platonic nature. A straight Head Line, which crosses the palm from one end to another, without any branch or offshoot, is not good.
If the line bifurcates on the Mount of Saturn, with one branch going towards the Head Line, the person has good morals. But when this line crosses the Mount of Saturn and ends near the middle finger, his morals are doubtful, more so if the Mount of Venus is raised and the line is defective.
When the line ends near the Jupiter finger, the person has a good character. He is kind and affectionate and faiihful in love. If the line ends between the Jupiter and Saturn fingers
{not mounts), the Mount of Venus is raised and the finger of Mercury is crooked, the person has uncontrollable lust. He can commit rape and will have to bear its consequences.
When the line goes beyond the Mount of Saturn, and ends near the Mount of Jupiter, the person lacks self-confidence and is suspicious. He is, however, considerate to his spouse. If the line ends on the Jupiter mount, he expects too much from his life-partner. However, this is to be confirmed from the Mount of Venus, the thumb and other signs on the palm.
The shorter the Heart Line the colder is the person in love.
The Heart line up to the mount of Sun makes the person seek sex outside matrimony. It also shows a weak heart and poor financial position.
If the line is chained and goes to the Mount of Saturn, the person indulges in unnatural sex. If the hand is hard and the little finger crooked, he has also the temptation to steal.
Jaquin says: ‘‘Mental or idealistic type of sex is indicated by a straight line of Heart rising from the mount of Jupiter. A straight line of Heart, thin and pointed fingers and a supple thumb indicate tendency to homosexuality and masturbation. When the line of Heart* starts between the
*i.e., ends between the first and second fingers from the side of the palm The Line of Heart 139
person lacks the capacity to give or receive love. A very long Line of Heart reaching the other side of the palm shows that the person wants total possession of his beloved. If it ends at the base of the Mount of Jupiter and the Jupiter finger is long, the person loves passionately and expects love in return. But if this line is short, his love is of a platonic nature. A straight Head Line, which crosses the palm from one end to another, without any branch or offshoot, is not good.
If the line bifurcates on the Mount of Saturn, with one branch going towards the Head Line, the person has good morals. But when this line crosses the Mount of Saturn and ends near the middle finger, his morals are doubtful, more so if the Mount of Venus is raised and the line is defective.
When the line ends near the Jupiter finger, the person has a good character. He is kind and aflectionate and fa;ihful in love, If the line ends between the Jupiter and Saturn fingers
{not mounts), the Mount of Venus is raised and the finger of Mercury is crooked, the person has uncontrollable lust. He can commit rape and will have to bear its consequences.
When the line goes beyond the Mount of Saturn, and ends near the Mount of Jupiter, the person lacks self-confidence and is suspicious. He is, however, considerate to his spouse. If the line ends on the Jupiter mount, he expects too much from his life-partner. However, this is to be confirmed from the Mount of Venus, the thumb and other signs on the palm.
The shorter the Heart Line the colder is the person in love.
The Heart line up to the mount of Sun makes the person seek sex outside matrimony. It also shows a weak heart and poor financial position.
If the line is chained and goes to the Mount of Saturn, the person indulges in unnatural sex. If the hand is hard and the little finger crooked, he has also the temptation to steal.
Jaquin says; “‘Mental or idealistic type of sex is indicated by a straight line of Heart rising from the mount of Jupiter. A straight line of Heart, thin and pointed fingers and a supple thumb indicate tendency to homosexuality and masturbation. When the line of Heart* starts between the
*i.e., ends between the first and second fingers from the side of the palm
140 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry first and the second fingers and reaches the end of the palm, the person has masculine or physical type of sex; and is not satisfied by the presence, touch or oral love-making with his beloved. He wants physical act.”
An island under the Mount of Mercury on the Heart Line, with any other line touching the island and the raised Venus Mount shows a love affair. An island under the Sun Mount points to eye-trouble. An island on the Heart Line under the Mount of Saturn, towards the Brain Line, shows trouble of kidney or prostate gland or a love affair causing hindrance to one’s career. An island on the Mount of Jupiter causes throat trouble. When the Heart and Head Lines are parallel to each other, the person is vindictive and his relations with his wife are strained. If, in addition to above, his hand is thin, black or ugly, and the Heart Line is thick, the person is very cruel.
If a thick branch of the Heart Line meets the Line of Head, it causes trouble, law suit, ill-health, loss or separation. If this branch line does not touch the Head Line, only mental tension is felt. Sometimes, it also indicates that the person is governed more by heart (feelings) than by head (reason). Other lines are to be examined for a correct assessment. For a good conjugal relationship, the Heart Line should not lean towards the Head Line, the marriage Line should not curve towards the Heart Line and the Lines of Life, Fate and Mars should be defectless.
Offshoots, thick at the start and thin at the end, starting from the Heart Line and going towards the fingers, show good luck due to children. Small, thin lines on the space between the Heart and Head Lines show flirtations. If such lines cut the Heart Line palpitation of the heart or disappointment in love is likely to happen.
If some lines touch the Line of Heart under the Mount of Sun on both the hands, the person is likely to lose his eyesight.
If this sign is present only on one hand, it foretells eye-
trouble. If the Heart Line lies very close to the Brain Line, but does not touch it, some brain weakness is feared.
When the Line of Heart has an island and runs nearer to the fingers, the thumb is short, clubbed or thick, the fingers are curved or thick and the hand is reddish/blackish, the person is likely to develop criminal tendencies.
1
8
E,
1
+
140 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry first and the second fingers and reaches the end of the palm, the person has masculine or physical type of sex; and is not satisfied by the presence, touch or oral love-making with his beloved. He wants physical act.”
An jsland under the Mount of Mercury on the Heart Line, with any other line touching the island and the raised Venus Mount shows a love affair. An island under the Sun Mount points to eye-trouble. An island on the Heart Line under the Mount of Saturn, towards the Brain Line, shows trouble of kidney or prostate gland or a love affair causing hindrance to one’s career. An island on the Mount of Jupiter causes throat trouble. When the Heart and Head Lines are parallel to each other. the person is vindictive and his relations with his wife are strained. If, in addition to above, his hand is thin, black or ugly, and the Heart Line is thick, the person is very cruel.
If a thick branch of the Heart Line meets the Line of Head, it causes trouble, law suit, ill-health, loss or separation. If this branch line does not touch the Head Line, only mental tension is felt. Sometimes, it also indicates that the person is governed more by heart (feelings) than by head (reason). Other lines are to be examined for a correct assessment. For a good conjugal relationship, the Heart Line should not lean towards the Head Line, the marriage Line should not curve towards the Heart Line and the Lines of Life, Fate and Mars should be defectless.
Offshoots, thick at the start and thin at the end, starting from the Heart Line and going towards the fingers, show good luck due to children. Small, thin lines on the space between the Heart and Head Lines show flirtations. If such lines cut the Heart Line palpitation of the heart or disappointment in love is likely to happen.
If some lines touch the Line of Heart under the Mount of Sun on both the hands, the person is likely to lose his eyesight.
If this sign is present only on one hand, it foretells eye-
trouble. If the Heart Line lies very close to the Brain Line, but does not touch it, some brain weakness is feared.
When the Line of Heart has an island and runs nearer to the fingers, the thumb is short, clubbed or thick, the fingers are curved or thick and the hand is reddish/blackish, the person is likely to develop criminal tendencies.
The Line of Heart 141
An islanded Heart Line ending in between the Jupiter and Saturn fingers shows extra-marital relations—more so if a branch of the Heart Line goes towards the Line of Head and the Girdle of Venus is present.
A second Line of Heart following the course of the Heart Line shows extreme devotion and sincerity in love.
The Heart Line ending on the third phalange of the Index finger shows great misfortune and failure-in life.
A person may have to face serious consequences due to his passion, if his Heart Line touches the Line of Head under the Mount of Saturn.
A small Line from the Line of Heart going towards the Mount of Mercury shows success in gaining honour and wealth.
If an offshoot of the Heart Line goes towards the Head Line and the Fate Line ends at the point of bifurcation of the Heart Line, the subject may have to retire before time due to some error of his judgment in his service.
Three breaks on the Heart Line show illness difficult to diagnose. Three small vertical lines on the Heart Line on the Mount of Sun give unexpected gains when most needed.
A broken, islanded Heart Line indicates a fatty heart with sluggish action (Fig. 31b). Thick and fluffy edges of the Line of Heart show weakness of heart (Fig. 31a). A line broken in small pieces implies a nervous heart. A line, which is broken and uneven and becomes thin at the end, clearly warns about heart disease (Fig. 31, ¢, d).
The Line of Heart 141
An islanded Heart Line ending in between the Jupiter and Saturn fingers shows extra-marital relations—more so if a branch of the Heart Line goes towards the Line of Head and the Girdle of Venus is present.
A second Line of Heart following the course of the Heart Line shows extreme devotion and sincerity in love.
The Heart Line ending on the third phalange of the Index finger shows great misfortune and failure-in life.
A person may have to face serious consequences due to his passion, if his Heart Line touches the Line of Head under the Mount of Saturn.
A small Line from the Line of Heart going towards the Mount of Mercury shows success in gaining honour and wealth.
If an offshoot of the Heart Line goes towards the Head Line and the Fate Line ends at the point of bifurcation of the Heart Line, the subject may have to retire before time due to some error of his judgment in his service.
Three breaks on the Heart Line show illness difficult to diagnose. Three small vertical lines on the Heart Line on the Mount of Sun give unexpected gains when most needed.
A broken, islanded Heart Line indicates a fatty heart with sluggish action (Fig. 31b). Thick and fluffy edges of the Line of Heart show weakness of heart (Fig. 31a). A line broken in small pieces implies a nervous heart. A line, which is broken and uneven and becomes thin at the end, clearly warns about heart disease (Fig. 31, c. d).
142 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Defective Heart Line showing heart
2
Veakness Thick and fluffy at edges – weakness of heart muscles Broken and islanded – fatty heart, sluggish action Broken in small pieces – serrated formation of lower edge – nervous heart Thin in the end, uneven, broken – heart disease
:
–
Fig. 31
142 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Defective Heart Line showing heart
)
Veakness Thick and fluffy at edges – weakness of heart muscles Broken and islanded – fatty heart, sluggish action Broken in small pleces – serrated formation of lower edge – nervous heart Thin in the end, uneven, broken – heart disease Fig. 31
CHAPTER 17
The Line of Head (Brain)
(Fig. 32, A, B)
HE Line of Head divides the hand into two halves. It is an important line on the palm and tells about the mentality, aptitudes and attitudes of a person, his power of concentration, capacity to work, self-control and beatitude. A deep, clear, long Line of Head shows good concentration, memory, fore-
sight and skilful planning. A short and shallow line shows adverse qualities.
The line starts from the Mount of Jupiter or the Mount of Mars, or from between these two mounts and goes towards the base of the hand, i.e., towards the Mount of Moon or the Mount of Upper Mars or between these two and stops earlier at the Mount of Saturn, Sun or Mercury. Each position of its beginning and ending has special meanings as explained in the
‘following paragraphs. Any sharp turn or bend, an island, break or linkage to the Life Line for a long distance at its beginning constitutes a major defect in the line.
A student, whose Brain Line is good but the Mount of Venus is high and the Fate line is thick is careless about his studies-—but if his Mount of Jupiter is high, he is self-confident and can concentrate on his studies.
Branches from this line going up to the fingers, the presence of good Fate and Sun Lines, normally developed mounts and heavy and pink hands will make the person rich and famous.
–
If the Brain Line is good and the Fate Line is initially thick and then turns thin in its course, children of such a person go for medical or technical studies.
CHAPTER 17
The Line of Head (Brain)
(Fig. 32, A, B)
HE Line of Head divides the hand into two halves. It is an important line on the palm and tells about the mentality, aptitudes and attitudes of a person, his power of concentration, capacity to work, self-control and beatitude. A deep, clear, long Line of Head shows good concentration, memory, fore-
sight and skilful planning. A short and shallow line shows adverse qualities.
The line starts from the Mount of Jupiter or the Mount of Mars, or from between these two mounts and goes towards the base of the hand, i.e., towards the Mount of Moon or the Mount of Upper Mars or between these two and stops earlier at the Mount of Saturn, Sun or Mercury. Each position of its beginning and ending has special meanings as explained in the following paragraphs. Any sharp turn or bend, an island, break or linkage to the Life Line for a Jong distance at its beginning constitutes a major defect in the line.
A student, whose Brain Line is good but the Mount of Venus is high and the Fate line is thick is careless about his studies-—but if his Mount of Jupiter is high, he is self-confident and can concentrate on his studies.
Branches from this line going up to the fingers, the presence of good Fate and Sun Lines, normally developed mounts and heavy and pink hands will make the person rich and famous.
–
If the Brain Line is good and the Fate Line is initially thick and then turns thin in its course, children of such a person go for medical or technical studies.
144 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry A woman with long fingers, the Head Line separate from the Life Line and a supple thumb, gets cheated in life due to her simplicity.
)
A good Head Line on a defective hand gives bad results.
The person dissipates his mental energy. A person with a good Brain Line seldom goes for a love marriage. If his fingers are short or a thick Fate Line reaches his Saturn finger, he does not hesitate to earn by dishonest means.
A person with a straight or broken Line of Life, but with a good Head Line, is a liar or lazy and does not hesitate to harm others. An island on the Life Line or the Line of Heart, small fingers, a short finger of Jupiter and a good Brain Line all make a person use his brain for illegal trade or smuggling.
A person with a good Brain Line, well-shaped soft hands, high Mounts of Luna and Venus, the Head Line going towards Mars, or the Heart Line near the fingers, is a sexual pervert., Any defect in the Head Line, under the Mount of Saturn, always gives bad results or aggravates a bad indication. This defect makes a person emotional and indecisive. He does not receive cooperation from others. This defect also shows a tendency to piles, pain in joints, diabetes, liver weakness, fracture of the leg or uterus trouble and early ejaculation in men, if the Mount of Venus is developed. Confirmation is to be made from other signs on the hand for a particular illness.
A defective Brain Line, running parallel to the Heart Line, causes a revengeful tendency and aggravates it if the Head Line starts from the Lower Mount of Mars. Such a person
¢an even commit @ murder in a fit of rage.
A Head Line having a clear break under the Mount of Saturn sloping towards the Mount of Moon shows insanity. If the line is broken on both the hands, death can be caused by any illness or accident. The Head Line broken in fragments may result in amnesia. When the Brain Line has a defect at its beginning, hearing powers can be affected in old age.
When the Head Line is defective and the Fate Line is thick, the life-partner of the subject suffers ill-health.
A defective Head Line also shows loss in business. No new enterprise or industry should be started during the period of
144 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry A woman with long fingers, the Head Line separate from the Life Line and a supple thumb, gets cheated in life due to her simplicity.
:
A good Head Line on a defective hand gives bad results.
The person dissipates his mental energy. A person with a good Brain Line seldom goes for a love marriage. If his fingers are short or a thick Fate Line reaches his Saturn finger, he does not hesitate to earn by dishonest means.
A person with a straight or broken Line of Life, but with a good Head Line, is a liar or lazy and does not hesitate to harm others. An island on the Life Line or the Line of Heart, small fingers, a short finger of Jupiter and a good Brain Line all make a person use his brain for illegal trade or smuggling.
A person with a good Brain Line, well-shaped soft hands, high Mounts of Luna and Venus, the Head Line going towards Mars, or the Heart Line near the fingers, is a sexual pervert.
Any defect in the Head Line, under the Mount of Saturn, always gives bad results or aggravates a bad indication. This defect makes a person emotional and indecisive. He does not receive cooperation from others. This defect also shows a tendency to piles, pain in joints, diabetes, liver weakness, fracture of the leg or uterus trouble and early ejaculation in men, if the Mount of Venus is developed. Confirmation is to be made from other signs on the hand for a particular illness.
A defective Brain Line, running parallel to the Heart Line, causes a revengeful tendency and aggravates it if the Head Line starts from the Lower Mount of Mars. Such a person can even commit a murder in a fit of rage.
A Head Line having a clear break under the Mount of Saturn sloping towards the Mount of Moon shows insanity. If the line is broken on both the hands, death can be caused by any illness or accident. The Head Line broken in fragments may result in amnesia. When the Brain Line has a defect at its beginning, hearing powers can be affected in old age.
When the Head Line is defective and the Fate Line is thick, the life-partner of the subject suffers ill-health.
A defective Head Line also shows loss in business. No new enterprise or industry should be started during the period of The Line of Head (Brain) 145
fI’E LINE OF HEAD and b-b The double head line The head line having a sharp bend, under the mount of Saturn The Head line joined to the Life line, going to the mount of Luna and defective under the mount of Saturn The line of Head, separate from the line of life and starting from the mount of Mars The Head line starting from the mount of Jupiter The Head line starting from the mount of Saturn The Head line starting from a little distance below the life line and bifurcated in the end The Life line starting inside the line of Life on the mount of Mars The lines of Head, Heart and Life joined together at the start The Line of Head (Brain)
145
I’E LINE OF HEAD and b-b The double head line The head line having a sharp bend, under the mount of Saturn The Head line joined to the Life line, going to the mount of Luna and defective under the mount of Saturn The line of Head, separate from the line of life and starting from the mount of Mars The Head line starting from the mount of Jupiter The Head line starting from the mount of Saturn The Head line starting from a little distance below the life line and bifurcated in the end The Life line starting inside the line of Life on the mount of Mars The lines of Head, Heart and Life joined together at the start
146 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry this defect. When there are more than one Fate Line, the bad cffect is reduced.
When the Head Line is defective in both the hands and the Fate Line is thick. the children of the subject spend lavishly.
If the Brain Line is defective, the Mounts of Venus and Luna are raised and the Life Line is straight, the person has a sensual and emotional temperament.
A branch of the Head Line going towards the Mount of Mercury shows progress in business, when going towards the Mount of Sun it denotes success in artistic and scientific fields and when going towards the Mount of Jupiter, it shows that the ambition of the person is realized.
The Lines of Life, Heart and Head joined at the start show a sudden end to life. The Line of Head starting late from the Mount of Saturn indicates late mental development of the person, but when all the three main lines (of Life, Heart and Head) are short, the life-span is also short.
The Heart Line going nearer the Line of Head indicates
~ bronchitis or asthma. It also makes the quadrangle narrow.
(See the section on Quadrangle for details).
A defect at the start of the Head Line under the Mount of Jupiter and its linking with Life Line for a long distance make the person suspicious, indecisive, cautious and diffident.
He faces trouble and ill-health during the period of this defect in the line. A Brain Line bulging towards the Line of Heart and then following its course shows some illicit relationship ending in a catastrophe.
When the Brain Line comes out from the Life Line, and has a small joint, the person becomes cautious, practical, shrewd and quick in making decisions. When the Line of Head is bifurcated at both the ends, and the person has thin and short fingers, he is independent and responsible. If this type of the Head Line goes to Mars and the Life Line is round, the Fate Line is thin or the hand is heavy, the person becomes rich and famous, When the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Luna, the hand is heavy, small or broad, the Life Line is round, the Heart line goes up to the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn, one becomes rich and respected as he advances in age.
e TR
| N i
146 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry this defect, When there are more than one Fate Line, the bad cffect is reduced.
When the Head Line is defective in both the hands and the Fate Line is thick. the children of the subject spend lavishly.
If the Brain Line 1s defective, the Mounts of Venus and Luna are raised and the Life Line is straight, the person has a sensual and emotional temperament, A branch of the Head Line going towards the Mount of Mercury shows progress in business, when going towards the Mount of Sun it denotes success in artistic and scientific fields and when going towards the Mount of Jupiter, it shows that the ambition of the person is realized.
The Lines of Life, Heart and Head joined at the start show a sudden end to life. The Line of Head starting late from the Mount of Saturn indicates late mental development of the person, but when all the three main lines (of Life, Heart and Head) are short, the life-span is also short.
The Heart Line going nearer the Line of Head indicates bronchitis or asthma. It also makes the quadrangle narrow.
(See the section on Quadrangle for details).
A defect at the start of the Head Line under the Mount of Jupiter and its linking with Life Line for a long distance make the person suspicious, indecisive, cautious and diffident.
He faces trouble and ill-health during the period of this defect in the line. A Brain Line bulging towards the Line of Heart and then following its course shows some illicit relationship ending in a catastrophe.
When the Brain Line comes out from the Life Line, and has a small joint, the person becomes cautious, practical, shrewd and quick in making decisions. When the Line of Head is bifurcated at both the ends, and the person has thin and short fingers, he is independent and responsible. If this type of the Head Line goes to Mars and the Life Line is round, the Fate Line is thin or the hand is heavy, the person becomes rich and famous.
When the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Luna, the hand is heavy, small or broad, the Life Line is round, the Heart line goes up to the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn, one becomes rich and respected as he advances in age.
——
The Line of Head (Brain)
147
When there is a small distance between the Lines of Life and Head at the beginning, the person is independent and easily trusts others. He should not enter into partnership with anyone before he attains the age of 34. If his fingers are also long, this precaution is more necessary. This formation is specially applicable to a woman. When her fingers are long and the Fate Line ends at the Line of Heart, she should not trust others easily.
, A Head Line starting from a little distance below the Life Line shows eye-trouble during the period of the gap. Any increase in the distance between the Brain and Life Lines makes the person rash and careless about his own self. If the Mount of Saturn is prominent, and the finger of Saturn is long, he loves to be alone and cares little for the convenience and sentiments of others.
When the Line of Head starts from the Mount of Jupiter and does not go to the Lower Mount of Moon and the thumb is good, the subject is ambitious, industrious, honest, social, conscious of his self-respect and a good administrator. A person with the Head Line starting from the upper part of the Mount of Jupiter will become sensual and dissatisfied in sex, if the sign is confirmed by other indications on the palm.
A Head Line starting from the Mount of Mars makes a person courageous, revengeful and fearless. He invites trouble by his anger, which he should keep under his control.
A Head Line going from Lower Mars to Upper Mars, making an island at its beginning with the parallel Heart Line makes the person extremely revengeful.
If the Line of Head is small, bifurcated and without a defect, the person usually wins a law-suit which is decided in a reasonable period of time—with a good Head Line, a law-suit takes time to succeed.
When the Head Line goes gradually towards the middle of the Mount of Moon, the person is sensitive, emotional, imaginative, sympathetic, a writer or an artist. If the line is thin, he is well-behaved. With pointed fingers, a soft and heavy hand, the person can become an actor, musician or author.
If the brainh Line ends at I’una and the Fate Line starts from Luna, the person lives near water. When the Line of Head is long, the Mount of Moon is developed and the second and the The Line of Head (Brain)
147
When there is a small distance between the Lines of Life and Head at the beginning, the person is independent and easily trusts others. He should not enter into partnership with anyone before he attains the age of 34. If his fingers are also long, this precaution is more necessary. This formation is specially applicable to a woman. When her fingers are long and the Fate Line ends at the Line of Heart, she should not trust others easily.
A Head Line starting from a little distance below the Life Line shows eye-trouble during the period of the gap. Any increase in the distance between the Brain and Life Lines makes the person rash and careless about his own self. If the Mount of Saturn is prominent, and the finger of Saturn is long, he loves to be alone and cares little for the convenience and sentiments of others.
When the Line of Head starts from the Mount of Jupiter and does not go to the Lower Mount of Moon and the thumb is good, the subject is ambitious, industrious, honest, social, conscious of his self-respect and a good administrator. A person with the Head Line starting from the upper part of the Mount of Jupiter will become sensual and dissatisfied in sex, if the sign is confirmed by other indications on the palm.
A Head Line starting from the Mount of Mars makes a person courageous, revengeful and fearless. He invites trouble by his anger, which he should keep under his control.
A Head Line going from Lower Mars to Upper Mars, making an island at its beginning with the parallel Heart Line makes the person extremely revengeful.
If the Line of Head is small, bifurcated and without a defect, the person usually wins a law-suit which is decided in a reasonable period of time—with a good Head L.ine, a law-suit takes time to succeed.
When the Head Line goes gradually towards the middle of the Mount of Moon, the person is sensitive, emotional, imaginative, sympathetic, a writer or an artist. If the line is thin, he is well-behaved. With pointed fingers, a soft and heavy hand, the person can become an actor, musician or author.
If the brain Line ends at I’una and the Fate Line starts from Luna, the person lives near water. When the Line of Head is long, the Mount of Moon is developed and the second and the
148 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry third fingers are nearly equal in length, the person is daring and takes reasonable risks in business. A Head Line going to the lower Mount of Moon with a sharp bend makes the person, oversensitive and overemotional. If other signs are bad, he can commit suicide. At the time of the bend, some calamity can befall the person.
When the Brain Line ends on the Upper Mars, the person is careful, and if the Life Line is round and more than one Fate Line is present, there is little chance of his being easily cheated.
When the Line of Head goes from Lower Mars to Upper Mars, and is parallel to the Heart Line and the hand is thin and the Life Line is straight, the subject indulges in immoral and anti-social activities.
If the Brain Line goes to the negative Mars in both the hands, the person changes his residence several times duriag his life-time.
A short Brain Line ending on the Mount of Saturn makes a person’s life-span short and reduces his intelligence. When the Line turns back at the end, extreme selfishness is indicated.
A wide Head Line makes a person inconsistent in work, If this line starts from inside the Line of Life a belligerent and irascible temper is indicated.
A Head line forked at its termination, one branch going to the Mount of Moon and the other touching the Heart Line at its end, the person ruins his life in love. When there are three branches of the fork at the end, one going to the Mount of Mercury, another straight and the third going towards the Mount of Moon, the person has business talent, imagination and tolerance. When this line starts late from the Life Line, making an obtuse angle, the person is tactless and dependent.
If there is ample space between the Lines of Life and Head, there is a tendency to be rash and speak out of turn and in haste.
Drooping branches from the Head Line show moodiness and pessimism and contrary is the case when the branches go up-
ward, i,e., the latter position of the line shows cheerfulness and optimism. If the Head Line stoops down to the Mount of Luna, the Mount of Venus is prominent, and the Life Line is linked with the Head Line for a good deal of distance at the beginning, the person commits suicide. If the Heart Line starts from the
148 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry third fingers are nearly equal in length, the person is daring and takes reasonable risks in business. A Head Line going to the lower Mount of Moon with a sharp bend makes the person oversensitive and overemotional. 1f other signs are bad, he can commit suicide. At the time of the bend, some calamity can befall the person.
When the Brain Line ends on the Upper Mars, the person is careful, and if the Life Line is round and more than one Fate Line is present, there is little chance of his being easily cheated.
When the Line of Head goes from Lower Mars to Upper Mars, and is parallel to the Heart Line and the hand is thin and the Life Line is straight, the subject indulges in immoral and anti-social activities.
If the Brain Line goes to the negative Mars in both the hands, the person changes his residence several times duriag his life-time.
A short Brain Line ending on the Mount of Saturn makes a person’s life-span short and reduces his intelligence. When the Line turns back at the end, extreme selfishness is indicated.
A wide Head Line makes a person inconsistent in work, If this line starts from inside the Line of Life a belligerent and irascible temper is indicated.
A Head line forked at its termination, one branch going to the Mount of Moon and the other touching the Heart Line at its end, the person ruins his life in love. When there are three branches of the fork at the end, one going to the Mount of Mercury, another straight and the third going towards the Mount of Moon, the person has business talent, imagination and tolerance. When this line starts late from the Life Line, making an obtuse angle, the person is tactless and dependent.
If there is ample space between the Lines of Life and Head, there is a tendency to be rash and speak out of turn and in haste, Drooping branches from the Head Line show moodiness and pessimism and contrary is the case when the branches go up-
ward, i,e., the latter position of the line shows cheerfulness and optimism. If the Head Line stoops down to the Mount of Luna, the Mount of Venus is prominent, and the Life Line is linked with the Head Line for a good deal of distance at the beginning, the person commits suicide. If the Heart Line starts from the The Line of Head (Brain) 149
Mount of Mars, the person can murder his spouse, Sometimes a double Head Line is found—the lower Head Line joined to the Life Line denotes a sensitive, artistic and imaginative personality. The upper Head Line shows opposite characteristics. Such a person is endowed with extraordinary intelligence and ability and attains success.
The Line of Head (Brain) 149
Mount of Mars, the person can murder his spouse, Sometimes a double Head Line is found—the lower Head Line joined to the Life Line denotes a sensitive, artistic and imaginative personality. The upper Head Line shows opposite characteristics. Such a person is endowed with extraordinary intelligence and ability and attains success.
CHAPTER 18
The Simian Line
(Fig. 30-3)
MONKEYS have short hands and only one straight line on the palm. On a human hand also, sometimes only one line is noticed in the centre of the palm instead of two separate lines of Head and Heart. This line is called the Simian Line in medical terms as it looks like a crease in the centre of the palm as in the case of a monkey. In such persons the heart will dominate. They have singleness of purpose and are likely to face trouble in relationships at home and outside. They feel easily hurt. On a practical and square type of hand, the Simian Line shows an extremely materialistic, selfish nature, and a craving for wealth.
If this line is accompanied by a crooked Mercury finger, raised Mounts of Venus and Mars, red and short nails and a small thumb, the person is unable to control his emotions and desires and may even commit a crime to satisfy his urges. He has some criminal instincts and tendencies. If the hand and other lines are good, he can be a leader.
Research carried out by Drs. Margaret A Meuser, Stuart and Purvis Smith revealed that 45 per cent of the children having this line suffered from leukaemia.
CHAPTER 18
The Simian Line
(Fig. 30-3)
ONKEYS have short hands and only one straight line on the palm. On a human hand also, sometimes only one line is noticed in the centre of the palm instead of two separate lines of Head and Heart. This line is called the Simian Line in medical terms as it looks like a crease in the centre of the palm as in the case of a monkey. In such persons the heart will dominate. They have singleness of purpose and arc likely to face trouble in relationships at home and outside. They feel easily hurt. On a practical and square type of hand, the Simian Line shows an extremely materialistic, selfish nature, and a craving for wealth.
If this line is accompanied by a crooked Mercury finger, raised Mounts of Venus and Mars, red and short nails and a small thumb, the person is unable to control his emotions and desires and may even commit a crime to satisfy his urges. He has some criminal instincts and tendencies. If the hand and other lines are good, he can be a leader.
Research carried out by Drs. Margaret A Meuser, Stuart and Purvis Smith revealed that 45 per cent of the children having this line suffered from leukaemia.
e
=
—_—— –
CHAPTER 19
The Line of Sun
(Fig 33)
[MHE of Sun Line is also called the second line of fate or destiny or the Line of Apollo as it is on the Mount of Apollo (Sun). It is the line of capability as it shows the intel-
ligence and ability of a person, besides the ease and help, with which he gains success and reputation without much efforts, and his gain from inheritance or speculation.
A thin, straight line, without fault, from the centre of the palm to the Mount of Sun indicates a good reputation and wealth. When this line is straight and strong on the Mount of Sun, the person has an artistic and literary aptitude. The pre-
sence of a good line on both hands strengthens good results.
A broad or wavy line shows lack of concentration, and a very thick and deep line may cause heart or nervous trouble.
A chained or irregularly formed line shows absence of artistic taste. A thin or shallow and broad line dulls the creative intelligence.
If the thumb is leaning towards the Jupiter finger, the Head Line is defective, the Mounts of Mercury and Venus are depressed, and the Sun Line is cut by other lines or the palm is hollow, then the Sun Line loses much of its good effect.
The presence of this line in a good shape removes the bad influence of a defect in the Fate Line at a particular period.
A break in this line points to a period of hardship and struggle.
When this line is absent, but other main lines are good and faultless, the person does not believe much in fate and his e CHAPTER 19
The Line of Sun
(Fig 33)
[MHE of Sun Line is also called the second line of fate or destiny or the Line of Apollo as it is on the Mount of Apollo (Sun). It is the line of capability as it shows the intel-
ligence and ability of a person, besides the ease and help, with which he gains success and reputation without much efforts, and his gain from inheritance or speculation.
A thin, straight line, without fault, from the centre of the palm to the Mount of Sun indicates a good reputation and wealth. When this line is straight and strong on the Mount of Sun, the person has an artistic and literary aptitude. The pre-
sence of a good line on both hands strengthens good results.
A broad or wavy line shows lack of concentration, and a very thick and deep line may cause heart or nervous troubie.
A chained or irregularly formed line shows absence of artistic taste. A thin or shallow and broad line dulls the creative intelligence.
If the thumb is leaning towards the Jupiter finger, the Head Line is defective, the Mounts of Mercury and Venus are depressed, and the Sun Line is cut by other lines or the palm is hollow, then the Sun Line loses much of its good effect.
The presence of this line in a good shape removes the bad influence of a defect in the Fate Line at a particular period.
A break in this line points to a period of hardship and struggle.
When this line is absent, but other main lines are good and faultless, the person does not believe much in fate and his E
.
152 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry THE LINE OF SUN The Sun line starting Life line The Sun line starting Head line The Sun line starting plain of Mars The Sun line starting Heart line The Sun line starting line of Mercury The Sun line starting Fate line The Sun line starting rascette
152 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry THE LINE OF SUN The Sun line starting
1
Life line The Sun line starting Head line The Sun line starting plain of Mars The Sun line starting Heart line The Sun line starting line of Mercury The Sun line starting Fate line The Sun line starting rascette Fig. 33
The Line of Sun 153
success is according to his efforts. When this line does not appear in the beginning, predictions are made from the end of the Life Line up to the age of 25 years.
When this line rises from the Upper Mount of Mars, and goes to the Mount of Sun, the person may become an author, the type of his writings depending on other signs on his hand.
When it begins from the Life Line and the Fate Line is also present during this period, the person becomes a leader or a politician of distinction by virtue of his personal merit.
The presence of a good Fate Line, a Sun Line emerging from the Life Line, a line of Mars behind the Life Line, a line going to the Mount of Jupiter from the Life Line—all these will make a person rich and a dealer in properties.
A Sun Line starting from the Fate Line will make a person rich quite unexpectedly and will win him success in his chosen career. If this line starts from the Head Line the
‘subject will get rewards for his mental ability and hard work.
Starting from a triangle in the hand it makes the person rich.
Starting from an island, it helps a guiity love affair in gaining success. Starting from the Head Line, with other lines in good shape, it may reveal some hidden treasure in the house.
Starting from the Mount of Sun, it heips the person advance spiritually in the later period of his life. A Sun Line com-
ing out from the Line of Mercury or from the Mount of Mercury gives the person benefits from his business.
The presence of a Sun Line with the Head Line starting from the Mount of .Moon makes a person indulge in specula-
tion, more so if the third finger is nearly equal to the middle finger.
If the finger of Sun is long and goes near the top phalange of the Saturn finger, the person may engage in gambling or speculation with self-confidence. If the Life and Head Lines are separated at the beginning, he loses in speculation when an island appears on the Sun Line.
When the Sun Line has big dots, the reputation of the person is slurred. Breaks in the line indicate hurdles, failures, especially when there is no repair sign. A cross or a bar on the lines will spoil chances of success and winning applause. A Trident or a star at the end of the line on the Mount of Sun shows brilliant success. A fork at the end shows a person expert The Line of Sun 153
success is according to his efforts. When this line does not appear in the beginning, predictions are made from the end of the Life Line up to the age of 25 years.
When this line rises from the Upper Mount of Mars, and goes to the Mount of Sun, the person may become an author, the type of his writings depending on other signs on his hand.
When it begins from the Life Line and the Fate Line is also present during this period, the person becomes a leader or a politician of distinction by virtue of his personal merit.
The presence of a good Fate Line, a Sun Line emerging from the Life Line, a line of Mars behind the Life Line, a line going to the Mount of Jupiter from the Life Line—all these will make a person rich and a dealer in properties.
A Sun Line starting from the Fate Line will make a person rich quite unexpectedly and will win him success in his chosen career. If this line starts from the Head Line the subject will get rewards for his mental ability and hard work.
Starting from a triangle in the hand it makes the person rich.
Starting from an island, it helps a guilty love affair in gaining success. Starting from the Head Line, with other lines in good shape, it may reveal some hidden treasure in the house, Starting from the Mount of Sun, it helps the person advance spiritually in the later period of his life. A Sun Line com-
ing out from the Line of Mercury or from the Mount of Mercury gives the person benefits from his business.
The presence of a Sun Line with the Head Line starting from the Mount of -Moon makes a person indulge in specula-
tion, more so if the third finger is nearly equal to the middle finger.
If the finger of Sun is long and goes near the top phalange of the Saturn finger, the person may engage in gambling or speculation with self-confidence. If the Life and Head Lines are separated at the beginning, he loses in speculation when an island appears on the Sun Line.
When the Sun Line has big dots, the reputation of the person is slurred. Breaks in the line indicate hurdles, failures, especially when there is no repair sign. A cross or a bar on the lines will spoil chances of success and winning applause. A Trident or a star at the end of the line on the Mount of Sun shows brilliant success. A fork at the end shows a person expert
154 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry in two subjects. A thin, fading line promises small success; a wavy line erratic success.
When the line starts from near the wrist and reaches the Mount of Sun, the person has a sharp intellect, and a glorious, successful and brilliant career.
A line stopping at the Head Line shows wrong application of talent and failure at that particular time. A line stopping at the Heart Line shows failure due to emotional disposition.
A line from the Head Line merging into the Sun Line shows monetary gain and if it crosses over the line, it denotes financial loss. A line from the Mount of Venus joining the Sun Line shows monetary gain from relatives but if it crosses the Sun Line, it indicates a loss from the same source.
it
=13
154 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry in two subjects. A thin, fading line promises small success; a wavy line erratic success.
When the line starts from near the wrist and reaches the Mount of Sun, the person has a sharp intellect, and a glorious, successful and brilliant career.
A line stopping at the Head Line shows wrong application of talent and failure at that particular time. A line stopping at the Heart Line shows failure due to emotional disposition.
A line from the Head Line merging into the Sun Line shows monetary gain and if it crosses over the line, it denotes financial loss. A line from the Mount of Venus joining the Sun Line shows monetary gain from relatives but if it crosses the Sun Line, it indicates a loss from the same source.
CHAPTER 20
Minor Lines The Girdle of Venus
(Fig. 34)
HE Girdle of Venus is called Mandoshkiiade in Indian palmistry. This curved line in the shape of a semi-circle is situated between the base of fingers and the Heart Line. Its usual position is to begin from between the first and the second finger and to end between the third and the fourth fingers. It
‘should not be mistaken for a second Heart Line as the Heart Line always starts from the ulnar side of the hand.
There is a controversy among palmists about this line.
Some consider it a sign of hysteria, derangement of sexual functions, unnatural vices or nervous sensibility. This reading may be true in cases where the hand is bad and other bad
– symptoms, e.g., much raised and/or rayed mounts of Venus and Moon, a supple and less opening thumb and defective lines of the Heart, Life or Head are also present.
If the hand is good and the Girdle of Venus clear, the Mount of Venus without lines, the fingers long and narrow, chastity and uprightness are indicated. The possessor of such a Girdle of Venus behaves nobly. He has an aesthetic sense. He may encounter delay in getting employment. His intellect may not be sharp.
‘
An ill-formed Girdle of Venus, with a raised and lined Mount of Venus and the Head Line sloping towards the Mount of Moon, and a weak Heart Line, denote suspicion and jealousy.
When the hand is good and the Girdle of Venus ends on the CHAPTER 20
Minor Lines The Girdle of Venus
(Fig. 34)
HE Girdle of Venus is called Mandosknade mn Indian palmistry. This curved line in the shape of a semi-circle is situated between the base of fingers and the Heart Line. Its.
usual position is to begin from between the first and the second finger and to end between the third and the fourth fingers. [t
‘should not be mistaken for a second Heart Line as the Heart Line always starts from the ulnar side of the hand.
There is a controversy among palmists about this line.
Some consider it a sign of hysteria, derangement of sexual functions, unnatural vices or nervous sensibility. This reading may be true in cases where the hand is bad and other bad symptoms, e.g., much raised and/or rayed mounts of Venus and Moon, a supple and less opening thumb and defective lines of the Heart, Life or Head are also present.
If the hand is good and the Girdle of Venus clear, the Mount of Venus without lines, the fingers long and narrow, chastity and uprightness are indicated. The possessor of such a Girdle of Venus behaves nobly. He has an aesthetic sense. He may encounter delay in getting employment. His intellect may not be sharp.
An ill-formed Girdle of Venus, with a raised and lined Mount of Venus and the Head Line sloping Lowards the Mount of Moon, and a weak Heart Line, denote suspicion and jealousy.
When the hand is good and the Girdle of Venus ends on the
| o %
156 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry THE GIRDLE OF VENUS
2
)_/, Clear on a Il1-formed with a Cutting lines of good hand raised mount of
.fate and Sun Venus and sloping line of Head
=
+
Ill-formed Triple girdle, Broken girdle one ending on the mount of Mercury
‘”//
|
}
Semi-circular line Broken, island at cutting line of from the centre of the the end line of marriage,cross/dot gsturnfinger to’the head (suicide)’
on the line centre of the
(neurotic)
Mercury finger
156 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry THE GIRDLE OF VENUS
)
|
Clear on a
111-formed with a Cutting lines of good hand raised mount of fate and Sun Venus and sloping line of Head
=
Ill-formed Triple girdle, Broken girdle one ending on the mount of Mercury
“’//
.
Semi-circular line Broken, island at cutting line of from the centre of the the end }ine of marriage,cross/dot gatyurp finger to the head (suicide)’
on the line centre of the
(neurotic)
Mercury finger
|
Minor Lines 157
Mount of Mercury beneath the fourth finger, the person is alert and constructive. However, when the hand is bad, one is inclined to dishonesty.
If the Girdle of Venus is deep, strong and red and cuts the Lines of Fate and Sun, the subject suffers from impediments due to his bad habits or loss caused by his own relatives or friends. If the Girdle of Venus is thin and bow-shaped and crossed by the Lines of Fate and Sun, he overcomes his bad tendencies and developes literary talents.
If the Girdle of Venus is double or triple, i.e., if it is formed by two or three semi-circular lines, its bad tendencies are also doubled and tripled and the person indulges in sex and drugs.
The bad condition is aggravated when one of the three lines of the Girdle of Venus is fragmented. A break in the Girdle of Venus shows sensuality. Whenever this line cuts the Sun Line or the line of marriage, it spoils the person’s reputation and married happiness, respectively. If this girdle is crossed by small lines or is composed of broken lines, the subject can suffer from hysteria. When it is broken on the hand on which the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Moon, and ends in a dot or an island, the person is likely to commit suicide. If the Girdle of Venus is cut by a bar under the Mount of Sun, the person suffers loss due to an illicit relationship.
A semi-circular line from the centre of the Saturn finger to the centre of the Mercury finger shows gain and success in a foreign land. Three breaks on this line show untimely death.
The Via Lasciva
(Fig. 35)
A clear straight line running parallel to and beside the Health Line, it is called the Via Lasciva and shows lust and greed for money or conjuring up lustful thoughts. If this sister line to the Health Line starting from inside the Mount of Venus, is wavy, irregular and excessive, indulgence in sex is shown. Its other variation is an inverted semi-circular line from the Mount of Moon, going towards the Mount of Venus, and cutting the Life Line.
If the hand is not sensual, the line shows increased vitality.
If sensual, the person runs after the sensual pleasures without Minor Lines 157
Mount of Mercury beneath the fourth finger, the person is alert and constructive. However, when the hand is bad, one is inclined to dishonesty.
If the Girdle of Venus is deep, strong and red and cuts the Lines of Fate and Sun, the subject suffers from impediments due to his bad habits or loss caused by his own relatives or friends. If the Girdle of Venus is thin and bow-shaped and crosscd by the Lines of Fate and Sun, he overcomes his bad tendencies and developes literary talents.
If the Girdle of Venus is double or triple, i.e., if it is formed by two or three semi-circular lines, its bad tendencies are also doubled and tripled and the person indulges in sex and drugs.
The bad condition is aggravated when one of the three lines of the Girdle of Venus is fragmented. A break in the Girdle of Venus shows sensuality. Whenever this line cuts the Sun Line or the line of marriage, it spoils the person’s reputation and married happiness, respectively. If this girdle is crossed by small lines or is composed of broken lines, the subject can suffer from hysteria. When it is broken on the hand on which the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Moon, and ends in a dot or an island, the person is likely to commit suicide. If the Girdle of Venus is cut by a bar under the Mount of Sun, the person suffers loss due to an illicit relationship.
A semi-circular line from the centre of the Saturn finger to the centre of the Mercury finger shows gain and success in a foreign land. Three breaks on this line show untimely death.
The Via Lasciva
(Fig. 35)
A clear straight line running parallel to and beside the Hcalth Line, it is called the Via Lasciva and shows lust and greed for money or conjuring up lustful thoughts. If this sister line to the Health Line starting from inside the Mount of Venus, Is wavy. irregular and excessive, indulgence in sex is shown. Its other variation is an inverted semi-circular line from the Mount of Moon, going towards the Mount of Venus, and cutting the Life Line.
If the hand is not sensual, the line shows increased vitality.
If sensual, the person runs after the sensual pleasures without
73,
158 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry THE VIA LASCIVA a- Running beside the health line b- From inside the mount of Venus, showing restlessness and crave for excitement
¢— Wavy line showing drug addiction and indulgence
–
Fig. 35
158 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry THE VIA LASCIVA a- Running beside the health line b- From inside the mount of Venus, showing restlessness and crave for excitement Wavy line showing drug addiction and indulgence Fig. 35
Minor Lines 159
THE LINE OF INTUITION Starting and ending points Fig. 36
restraint. When the line is uneven and twisted, the person is cunning. When several lines rise from ‘the Via Lasciva and cut the Head Line, the person is lascivious and criminal.
The Line of Intuition
(Fig. 36)
A curved line or semi-circle, starting from the Lower Mount of Moon and reaching the Mount of Mercury, is called the Line of Intuition. Sometimes a line ends before reaching the Heart Line—this is also called Intuition Line by Indian palmists. This line indicates a strong aptitude for hypnotism, occultism and/or spiritualism. It is a mark of an intellectual, seer, genius, orator or writer. In all cases, the person is gifted with foresight.
When the line begins from the Upper Mount of Mars, it adds practicability and determination, Minor Lines
159
THE LINE OF INTUITION Starting and ending points Fig, 36
restraint. When the line is uneven and twisted, the person is cunning. When several lines rise from ‘the Via Lasciva and cut the Head Line. the person is lascivious and criminal.
The Line of Intuition
(Fig. 36)
A curved line or semi-circle, starting from the Lower Mount of Moon and reaching the Mount of Mercury, is called the Line of Intuition. Sometimes a line ends before reaching the Heart Line—this is also called Intuition Line by Indian palmists. This line indicates a strong aptitude for hypnotism, occultism and/or spiritualism. It is a mark of an intellectual, seer, genius, orator or writer. In all cases, the person is gifted with foresight.
When the line begins from the Upper Mount of Mars, it adds practicability and determination,
160 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry If this line terminates at the Mount of Negative Mars, the person may acquire hypnotic powers and a forceful personality.
This does not come true if the line is wavy, short, branched, broken or otherwise defective.
If a faultless line of Jntuition forms a triangle with the Lines of Head and I’ate, the person becomes a seer, capable of making an accurate prophesy.
A wavy line shows an eccentric and restless nature; a chained line evil apprehension and a broken line unreliable forecasting.
If there are two or three such lines, the person engages himself in search of truth. When the line is cut by an Influence Line from the Mount of Venus, the person encounters opposition in his pursuit of truth.
The Line of Health or The Line of Liver
(Fig. 37)
The Line of Health or the Line of Liver should not be con-
fused with the Line of Intuition or Via Lasciva This line is called Mahamati in Kartikeyam system. It usually starts from the centre of the lower portion of the palm and goes towards the Mount of Mercury.
When this line is clear, straight, faultless and not joined to the Life Line, it indicates good health and memory. When it reaches the Mount of Mercury, it shows business proficiency and success. A deep line is more powerful than a thin line. It also shows health consciousness. The person takes prompt steps to guard against the onset of illness.
Bad digestion results from a short and thick line—a wavy line shows biliousness, but, in a bad hand, it also makes the person dishonest. Starting from the Life Line and going to the Mount of Mercury, with a narrow quadrangle it shows fits and bad digestion; starting from the Mount of Venus it denotes indigestion. When this line forks and forms a triangle, after reaching the Head Line, love of power and fame is shown. But as the person is over-anxious to achieve his aim, he overstrains his mind.
A break in the iine may result in stomach trouble but when broken in fragments, & serious liver weakness can be caused.
When the line terminates in a grille, the person is dishonest and
160 Everybody’s Guide to Pulmistry If this line terminates at the Mount of Negative Mars, the person may acquire hypnotic powers and a forceful personality.
This does not come true if the line is wavy, short, branched, broken or otherwise defective.
If a faultless line of Jntuition forms a triangle with the Lines of Head and I”ate, the person becomes a seer, capable of making an accurate prophesy.
A wavy line shows an eccentric and restless nature; a chained line evil apprehension and a broken line unreliable forecasting.
If there are two or three such lines, the person engages himself in search of truth. When the line is cut by an Influence Line from the Mount of Venus, the person encounters opposition in his pursuit of truth.
The Line of Health or The Line of Liver
(Fig. 37)
The Line of Health or the Line of Liver should not be con-
fused with the Line of Intuition or Via Lasciva This line is called Mahamati in Kartikeyam system. It usvally starts [rom the centre of the lower portion of the palm and goes towards the Mount of Mercury.
When this line is clear, straight, faultless and not joined to the Life Line, it indicates good health and memory. When it reaches the Mount of Mercury, it shows business proficiency and success. A deep line is more powerful than a thin line. It also shows health consciousness. The person takes prompt steps to guard against the onset of illness.
Bad digestion results from a short and thick line—a wavy line shows biliousness, but, in a bad hand, it also makes the person dishonest. Starting from the Life Line and going to the Mount of Mercury, with a narrow quadrangle it shows fits and bad digestion; starting from the Mount of Venus it denotes indigestion. When this line forks and forms a triangle, after reaching the Head Line, love of power and fame is shown. But as the person is over-anxious to achieve his aim, he overstrains his mind.
A break in the iine may result in stomach trouble but when broken in fragments, a serious liver weakness can be caused.
When the line terminates in a grille, the person is dishonest and Minor Lines 161
THE LINE OF HEALTH Line of health from the line of life Line of health not touching the line of life Line of health from inside the mount of Venus Wavy line of health Broken line Broad and shallow line of health A star on the line of health Line of health formed from split lines Fig.
37
Minor Lines 161
THE LINE OF HEALTH q
|
Line of health from the line of life Line of health not touching the line of life Line of health from inside the mount of Venus Wavy line of health Broken line Broad and shallow line of health A star on the line of health Line of health formed from split lines Fig. 37
162 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry does not keep good health. A broad and shallow line shows weak digestion.
If this line forms a triangle with the Lines of Head and Fate, an aptitude for Occult sciences and gift of intuition are in-
dicated. A very clear and well-formed triangle will bestow a gift of clairvoyance to the native, provided the hand is other-
wise good.
A cross at the end of this line or a circle on the Head Line or a distinct star near the Health Line, inside the triangle
(formed by the Lines of Life, Head and Fate) shows blindness.
A star on this line indicates child-bearing trouble in case of a woman, but if the star is at the point of cutting of the Head Line by the Health Line, disorder of generative organs, or, in case of a man, lack of spermatozoa in his semen is shown.
When a star appears elsewhere on the line, it will show a head injury or an operation of the stomach; in the centre it shows typhoid fever.
An island at the beginning shows serious illness or somnam-
bulism. An islanded line indicates poor digestion and bad cold, a twisted line biliousness and a thin line poor health. If a cross is formed with the Head Line by the Health Line in both hands, great interest in Occult sciences is shown. If a cross is found on the Mount of Moon, the person is oversensitive and overimaginative.
From the point where the Health Line touches the Life Line can be calculated the age when the subject should be very cautious of his health and safety. When this line touches the Life Line in both the hands at a point, danger to life is foreseen. If this line is weak and small as compared to the Life Line, danger or risk of serious illness is averted. If the line is close to the rascette or goes to the Mount of Mercury in a good shape, and is not joined to the Life Line, a person enjoys long and happy life.
“The absence of this line is considered good, but some texts attribute its absence to imperfect digestion, this, however, is found incorrect from my personal experience. Its absence makes the person free from liver ailment and makes him quick in manner and speed. He enjoys a steady physical and emotional condition. Its presence, shows good memory and a clear mind, if the hand and lines are otherwise good,
‘
g 3
162 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry does not keep good health. A broad and shallow line shows weak digestion.
If this line forms a triangle with the Lines of Head and Fate, an aptitude for Occult sciences and gift of intuition are in-
dicated. A very clear and well-formed triangle will bestow a gift of clairvoyance to the native. provided the hand is other-
wise good.
A cross at the end of this line or a circle on the Head Line or a distinct star near the Health Line, inside the triangle
(formed by the Lines of Life, Head and Fate) shows blindness.
A star on this line indicates child-bearing trouble in case of a woman, but if the star is at the point of cutting of the Head Line by the Health Line, disorder of generative organs, or, in case of a man, lack of spermatozoa in his semen is shown.
When a star appears elsewhere on the line, it will show a head injury or an operation of the stomach; in the centre it shows typhoid fever.
An island at the beginning shows serious illness or somnam-
bulism. An islanded line indicates poor digestion and bad cold, a twisted line biliousness and a thin line poor health. If a cross is formed with the Head Line by the Health Line in both hands, great interest in Occult sciences is shown. 1f a cross is found on the Mount of Moon, the person is oversensitive and overimaginative.
From the point where the Health Line touches the Life Line can be calculated the age when the subject should be very cautious of his hcalth and safety. When this line touches the Life Line in both the hands at a point, danger to life is foreseen. If this line is weak and small as compared to the Life Line, danger or risk of serious illness is averted. If the line is close to the rascette or goes to the Mount of Mercury in a good shape, and is not joined to the Life Line, a person enjoys long and happy life.
“The absence of this line is considered good, but some texts attribute its absence to imperfect digestion, this, however, is found incorrect from my personal experience. Its absence makes the person free from liver ailment and makes him quick in manner and speed. He enjoys a steady physical and emotional condition. 1ts presence, shows good memory and a clear mind, if the hand and lines are otherwise good,
.
Minor Lines 163
The Lines of Influence
(Fig. 38)
The lines imside the Life Line on the Mount of Venus are called the Lines of Influence. When these lines are thick and strong the influtnce on the subject is also powerful and note-
worthy. When these are smail and faint, the influence is weak, but such lines @an grow stronger or weaker in their course behind the Life Line on the Mount of Venus. Small and faint lines cause temporary worries or obstacles. Strong and clear or thick lines remlt in loss or a setback in career.
If an influence line ends in a star, cross, bar or cross-bar, the death of a rdative is indicated.
A line going close and parallel to the Life Line shows strong influence of someone, may be of the life-partner, if the line follows the course of the Life Line. It generally starts from the age of !0-30, which is the normal age for marriage.
But when such 1 line is found at the start of the Life Line, it shows mother’s nfluence.
An island onthe influence line running parallel to the Life Line shows sometrouble to the influencing person (a-a).
Parallel linet to the Life Line are not inimical to the subject. But verical lines which emerge from the Mounts of Mars and Venu: or from the influence line on these mounts and cross over t« the palm cutting the Life and/or Fate lines are harmful. Tlse lines show interference causing worry and impediment in he subject’s life and career by his relatives and others.
An influenc: line from the Mount of Mars cutting the upward branchof the Life Line shows a setback in litigation,
(b-b). When th Line of Influence goes away from the Life Line as it proceds on its course, the person’s influence over the subject wil also decrease by the passage of time (c-¢).
A semi-circle o a dagger like line ( ) ) on the Life Line shows gerious sicknesior sudden death (d).
A line fror the first phalange of the thimb crossing the Mount of Vens and cutting the Life Line shows death from a metallic wapon. If such a line comes from the second phalange, it inicates grief caused by betrayal in love.
B Minor Lines 163
The Lines of Influence
(Fig. 38)
The lines ipside the Life Line on the Mount of Venus are called the Lines of Influence. When these lines are thick and strong the influtnce on the subject is also powerful and note-
worthy. When these are smalil and faint, the influence is weak, but such lines @n grow stronger or weaker in their course behind the Life _ine on the Mount of Venus. Small and faint lines cause temporary worries or obstacles. Strong and clear or thick lines rewlt in loss or a setback in career.
If an influence line ends in a star, cross, bar or cross-bar, the death of a rdative is indicated.
A line going close and parallel to the Life Line shows strong influence of someone, may be of the life-partner, if the line follows the course of the Life Line. It generally starts from the age of !0-30, which is the normal age for marriage.
But when such 1 line is found at the start of the Life Line, it shows mother’s nfluence.
An island onthe influence line running parallel to the Life Line shows sometrouble to the influencing person (a-a).
Parallel line: to the Life Line are not inimical 4o the subject. But verical lines which emerge from the Mounts of Mars and Venu: or from the influence line on these mounts and cross over t« the palm cutting the Life and/or Fate lines are harmful. Tkse lines show interference causing worry and impediment in he subject’s life and career by his relatives and others.
An influenc line from the Mount of Mars cutting the upward branchof the Life Line shows a setback in litigation,
(b-b). When th Line of Influence goes away from the Life Line as it proceds on its course, the person’s influence over the subject wil also decrease by the passage of time (c-¢).
A semij-circle o a dagger like line ( ) ) on the Life Line shows serious sicknes:or sudden death (d).
A line fror the first phalange of the thumb crossing the Mount of Vens and cutting the Life Line shows death from a metallic wapon. If such a line comes from the second phalange, it inicates grief caused by betrayal in love.
i
164 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry LINES OF INFLUENCE An influence line ending in an .sland An influence line from the moun of Mars cutting the upward branch of th life line An influence line going away fom the life line showing decreasing inluence by the passage of time Dagger or bar cutting the life ine An influence line cutting the upard branch of the life line and ther crossing The lines of head and heart anc the line of marriage A straight line from the mount o Venus ending in a fork on the head lin The fate line forking in the endon the mount of Saturn A line from a star cutting the lfe line Fig. 38
164 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry LINES OF INFLUENCE An influence line ending in an sland An influence line from the moun of Mars cutting the upward branch of th life line An influence line going away fom the life line showing decreasing inluence by the passage of time Dagger or bar cutting the life ine An influence line cutting the uward branch of the life line and ther crossing The lines of head and heart ancthe line of marriage A strafght line from the mount o Venus ending in a fork on the head lin The fate line forking in the endon the mount of Saturn A line from a star cutting the 1fe line Fig. 38
Minor Lines 165
A line from the Mount of Venus or from the Life Line going to the Mount of Saturn is the Fate Line. If it forks at the end on that mount, marital discord is indicated. If this line from the Mount of Venus while going to the Mount of Saturn cuts an upward branch/offshoot from the Life Line, a divorce can be predicted.
A straight and good line from the Mount of Venus going towards the Mount of Sun shows fame and acquisition of wealth; going towards the mount of Mercury it denotes success in business or in scientific pursuits. But if on its way it cuts an upward branch of the Life Line or other lines and ends on the Mount of Mercury, a love affair is indicated.
A line from the Mount of Venus going to the Mount of Moon, cutting the Life Line, shows misfortune caused by some female influence (e-¢). A line from the Mount of Venus cutting a branch line from the Life Line and then crossing the Head, Heart and Marriage lines is a sign of divorce. A straight line from the Mount of Venus ending in a fork on the Line of Head or Heart shows a scandal or divorce (f-f). If such a line-merges in the Fate Line and does not fork, help from relatives leads to a better financial position.
A line emerging from a star on the Mount of Venus and cutting the Life Line means that death of a close relative can occur.
An Influence line from an island on the Mount of Venus going towards the Mount of Mercury, after cutting three main lines, shows guilty intrigue. An Influence Line from the Mount of Venus ending in an island inside the Lines of Life and Head causes loss of money. Influence Lines coming from the Mount of Venus or Moon shows likely opposition from females and Influence Lines from any of the Mounts of Mars indicate likely opposition from males.
If a Line of Influence from the Mount of Venus going towards the Mount of Sun joins the Fate Line in its way, the person will get the company of a lucky and beautiful woman.
The Bracelets (Rascette)
(Fig. 39)
Generally, there are three horizontal lines at the base of the palm at the joint of the hand (d, e, f). These are called
———— e Minor Lines 165
A line from the Mount of Venus or from the Life Line going to the Mount of Saturn is the Fate Line. If it forks at the end on that mount, marital discord is indicated. If this line from the Mount of Venus while going to the Mount of Saturn cuts an upward branch/offshoot from the Life Line, a divorce can be predicted.
A straight and good line from the Mount of Venus going towards the Mount of Sun shows fame and acquisition of wealth; going towards the mount of Mercury it denotes success in business or in scientific pursuits. But if on its way it cuts an upward branch of the Life Line or other lines and ends on the Mount of Mercury, a love affair is indicated.
A line from the Mount of Venus going to the Mount of Moon, cutting the Life Line, shows misfortune caused by some female influence (e-¢). A line from the Mount of Venus cutting a branch line from the Life Line and then crossing the Head, Heart and Marriage lines is a sign of divorce. A straight line from the Mount of Venus ending in a fork on the Line of Head or Heart shows a scandal or divorce (f-f). If such a line-merges in the Fate Line and does not fork, help from relatives leads to a better financial position.
A line emerging from a star on the Mount of Venus and cutting the Life Line mecans that death of a close relative can occur.
An Influence line from an island on the Mount of Venus going towards the Mount of Mercury, after cutting three main lines, shows guilty intrigue. An Influence Line from the Mount of Venus ending in an island inside the Lines of Life and Head causes loss of money. Influence Lines coming from the Mount of Venus or Moon shows likely opposition from females and Influence Lines from any of the Mounts of Mars indicate likely opposition from males.
If a Line of Influence from the Mount of Venus going towards the Mount of Sun joins the Fate Line in its way, the person will get the company of a lucky and beautiful woman.
The Bracelets (Rascette)
(Fig. 39)
Generally, there are three horizontal lines at the base of the palm at the joint of the hand (d, e, f). These are called L
166 . Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry bracelets as generally women wear bangles or bracelets and men wrist-watches here, If all the three wrist lines (bracelets)
are clearly formed, an age of 90 years is estimated, giving
30 years to each line, but this is to be confirmed by other lines, e.g., the Life, Head and Heart lines on the palm of the subject
(see Duration of Life, page 192). When bracelets are chained, broad or shallow, the subject does not usually possess a strong body constitution. If all the three bow-shaped lines on the wrist are clear and well-formed the person leads a happy and prosperous ‘life.
Actually, the first bracelet is found to be important in experience. If this is made up by the combination of Yuvs
(pearl-like formations), it shows good health, good achieve-
ments and a comfortable life in the later part of life (b). A clear deep line also gives the same result (d) —it strengthens the Life Line and adds years to the subject’s age. If it curves upwards towards the palm, the person is nervous and lacks in sexual performiance (a). A woman with such indications has difficulty in child-birth. If the bracelet is broken by an upward bend, she may remain childless. This formation is generally seen in the hands of a eunuch.
Long lines arising from the first bracelet and going towards the Mount of Moon on the palm show journey travels
(g). When the first bracelet is not straight but has an angle and the Heart Line is cut by some lines, the person may suffer from a nervous breakdown. A cross in the centre of the first bracelet makes life full of struggles but a star or a triangle shows inheritance of property and wealth. A broken or very thin first bracelet shows ill-health, a weak constitution (¢) or a deceitful character.
Some Marks of Accidents
(Fig. 39)
Accidents or proneness to accidents are indicated by the following marks:
(a) If the Lines of Head, Heart and Life are joined together at the commencement of the Life and Head Lines, the person is prone to accidents due to lack of good judgment (g).
e il f
166 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry bracelets as generally women wear bangles or bracelets and men wrist-watches here. If all the three wrist lines (bracelets)
are clearly formed, an age of 90 years is estimated, giving
30 years to cach line, but this is to be confirmed by other lines, e.g., the Life, Head and Heart lines on the palm of the subject
(sce Duration of Life, page 192). When bracelets are chained, broad or shallow, the subject does not usually possess a strong body constitution. If all the three bow-shaped lines on the wrist are clear and well-formed the person leads a happy and prosperous ‘life.
Actually, the first bracelet is found to be important in experience. If this is made up by the combination of Yuvs
(peari-like formations), it shows good health, good achieve-
ments and a comfortable life in the later part of life (b). A clear deep line also gives the same resuit (d) —it strengthens the Life Line and adds years to the subject’s age. If it curves upwards towards the palm, the person is nervous and lacks in sexual performiance (a). A woman with such indications has difficulty in child-birth. If the bracelet is broken by an upward bend, she may remain childless. This formation is generally seen in the hands of a eunuch.
Long lines arising from the first bracelet and going towards the Mount of Moon on the palm show journey travels
(g). When the first bracelet is not straight but has an angle and the Heart Line is cut by some lines, the person may suffer from a nervous breakdown. A cross in the centre of the first bracelet makes life full of struggles but a star or a triangle shows inheritance of property and wealth. A broken or very thin first bracelet shows ill-health, a weak coustitution (¢) or a deceitful character.
Some Marks of Accidents
(Fig. 39)
Accidents or proneness to accidents are indicated by the following marks:
(a) If the Lines of Head, Heart and Life are joined together at the commencement of the Life and Head Lines, the person is prone to accidents due to lack of good judgment (g).
Minor Lines 167
BRACELETS AND SIGNS QF ACCIDENTS BRACELETS d,e,f – Three horizontal lines on the baseof palm are called bracelets or rascette a – Curved upwards towards the palm or having an angle Pearl like formation of the first bracelet Broken bracelets A clear deep line A travel line from the first bracelet ACCIDENTS g – A lines of head, heart and life joined together at the start A clear break in the head line under the mount of Saturn A cross on the head line or touching it A circle on the mount of Moon on both hands-
death by drowning A line starting from an island on the mount of Saturn and going towards the life-line and cutting it The line of Saturn’cutting the finger of Saturn Cross on the mount of Saturn Fig. 39
ol R Minor Lines 167
BRACELETS AND SIGNS OF ACCIDENTS BRACELETS d,e,f – Three horizontal lines on the baseof palm are called bracelets or rascette a – Curved upwards towards the palm or having an angle Pearl like formation of the first bracelet Broken bracelets A clear deep line A travel line from the first bracelet ACCIDENTS
;
£ — A lines of head, heart and life joined
|
together at the start
‘
A clear break in the head line under the Fi mount of Saturn A cross on the head line or touching it
!
A circle on the mount of Moon on both hands-
death by drowning z A line starting from amr island on the mount of Saturn and going towards the life-line
}
and cutting it
|
The line of Saturn’cutting the finger of Saturn Cross on the mount of Saturn Fig. 39
168 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(b)
(c)
@
(e)
()
(&)
(h)
(1)
(j)
(k)
1))
A clear break in the Head Line under the Mount of Saturn in both the hands (h).
Head injury is shown by a cross, touching or occurring on the Head Line or by a red spot on this line (i).
A circle on the Mount of Moon in both the hands shows possible death by drowning (k).
If a line starting from an island on the Mount of Saturn and going towards the Life Line and touches it, some injury is indicated (g). If this sign is repeated in both the hands, a major accident is feared.
A line from the Plain of Mars crossing the Life Line shows injury from a sharp weapon.
A cross in the percussion of the Mount of Jupiter shows risk or loss from fire.
A cross at the end of the Fate Line means risk to life from an accident.
A thick line from the Mount of Saturn cutting the lines of Head and Life and ending inside the Mount of Venus indicates an accident caused by a running vehicle.
A small black spot on the percussion of the Mount of Mercury.
A cross on the Mount of Saturn, A grille on the Mount of Mercury.
(m) A cross on the Head Line under the Mount of Apollo
(n)
(0)
(p)
or Saturn.
An Influence Line from the Life Line to the Mount of Saturn.
A dot in the Life Line connected by a thin and fine line to a cross on the Mount of Saturn.
A star on the Life Line or the line of Mars.
Any of the above bad signs enclosed in a square safeguards the subject.
Marks of Legacy/Inheritance
(Fig. 40)
Legacy or inheritance is shown by the presence of the following signs in many cases:
(a) A star in the centre of the first bracelet of Rascette (f).
¥
168 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(b)
(¢)
@
(e)
()
(g)
(h)
A clear break 1n the Head Line under the Mount of Saturn in both the hands (h).
Head injury is shown by a cross, touching or occurring on the Head Line or by a red spot on this line (1).
A circle on the Mount of Moon in both the hands shows possible death by drowning (k).
If a line starting from an island on the Mount of Saturn and going towards the Life Line and touches it, some injury is indicated (g). If this sign is repeated in both the hands, a major accident is feared.
A line from the Plain of Mars crossing the Life Line shows injury from a sharp weapon.
A cross in the percussion of the Mount of Jupiter shows risk or loss from fire.
A cross at the end of the Fate Line means risk to life from an accident.
(i) A thick line from the Mount of Saturn cutting the
(J)
(k)
)
lines of Head and Life and ending inside the Mount of Venus indicates an accident caused by a running vehicle.
A small black spot on the percussion of the Mount of Mercury.
A cross on the Mount of Saturn.
A grille on the Mount of Mercury.
(m) A cross on the Head Line under the Mount of Apollo
(n)
(0)
(p)
or Saturn.
An Influence Line from the Life Line to the Mount of Saturn.
A dot in the Life Line connected by a thin and fine line to a cross on the Mount of Saturn.
A star on the Life Line or the line of Mars.
Any of the above bad signs enclosed in a square safeguards the subject.
Marks of Legacy/Inheritance
(Fig. 40)
Legacy or inheritance is shown by the presence of the following signs in many cases:
(a) A star in the centre of the first bracelet of Rascette (f).
—
e finger d~d Line of Sun starts from the line of heart e-e _Line from mount of Moon going side by side to the line of Sun f- A star on the first bracelet g- A triangle on the bracelet SICNS OF INHERITAGE Minor Lines 169
a-a A line from a star on the mount of Venus merging into the line ot Sun b- Line of Saturn entering the Saturn Minor Lines 169
SIGNS OF INHERITAGE a-a A line from a star on the mount of Venus merging into the line ot Sun b- Line of Saturn entering the Saturn finger d~d Line of Sun starts from the line of heart e-e .Line from mount of Moon going side by side to the line of Sun f- A star on the first bracelet g- A triangle on the bracelet
170 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(b) A line of Influence starting from a star on the Mount of Venus merging into the Line of Sun (a).
(c) A Line of Influence from the Mount of Moon going side by side to the Sun Line without actually touching it (e-e).
(d) A whorl on the inside pad of the first finger and a Yuv in the first joint of the thumb.
(e) The Sun Line starting from the Heart Line (d-d).
(f) A sister line going side by side with the Head Line.
(g) A clear triangle on the Rascette (g).
If the Fate Line enters the second finger, the person may get unearned money from a sweep or inheritance. However, this sign is considered unfavourable by some eminent palmists (b-b).
170 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(b) A line of Influence starting from a star on the Mount/
of Venus merging into the Line of Sun (a).
(c) A Line of Influence from the Mount of Moon going side by side to the Sun Line without actually touching it (e-e).
(d) A whorl on the inside pad of the first finger and a Yuv in the first joint of the thumb.
(e) The Sun Line starting from the Heart Line (d-d).
(f) A sister line going side by side with the Head Line.
(g) A clear triangle on the Rascette (g).
If the Fate Line enters the second finger, the person may get unearned money from a sweep or inheritance, However, this sign is considered unfavourable by some eminent palmists (b-b).
CHAPTER 21
The Line of Marriage
(Fig. 41)
HE Line of Marriage is also called the line of union or attachment or liaison. It is a horizontal line at the base of the Mount of Mercury. It does not necessarily show marriage; it may only indicate attachment to someone, male or female. This line is also found on the hands of eunuchs, celebates or spinsters. For confirmation of a marriage, other signs on the hand are to be seen, particularly the Fate Line and the Lines of Influence from the Mount of Moon. If this line is long and good, the liaison or attachment is lasting.
When the line curves towards the Heart Line, the person may survive his/her partner; if this line turns upward, marriage is not indicated or some hurdle in marrriage is foreseen. If the line is forked at the end inside the hand on the Mount of Mercury, the relationship between the couple becomes strained or sexual relations between them are absent. If such a fork is outside on the percussion, the bad effect is reduced.
A break, a cross or a star on this line, or the Line of Influence fromy the Mount of Venus cutting it, indicates separation or little above the second phalange of the thumb and between the Mount of Venus and the second phalange, there is/a line called Rati Rekha (in Ravana Samhita) and it denotes appiness from marriage for both man and woman. If this ine is broken, the wife will die or there will be a separation or divorce. An island shows ill-health of a partner. If the line is thick and badly shaped, the partner does not know the art CHAPTER 2!
The Line of Marriage
(Fig. 41)
I HE Line of Marriage is also called the line of union or attachment or liaison. It is a horizontal line at the base f of the Mount of Mercury. It does not necessarily show
!
marriage; it may only indicate attachment to someone, male or female. This line is also found on the hands of eunuchs, celebates or spinsters. For confirmation of a marriage, other signs on the hand are to be seen, particularly the Fate Line and the Lines of Influence from the Mount of Moon. If this line is long and good, the liaison or attachment is lasting.
§
When the line curves towards the Heart Line, the person may survive his/her partner; if this line turns upward, marriage is not indicated or some hurdle in marrriage is foreseen. If the line is forked at the end inside the hand on the Mount of Mercury, the relationship between the couple becomes
‘
strained or sexual relations between them are absent. If such a
‘
fork is outside on the percussion, the bad effect is reduced.
A break, a cross or a star on this line, or the Line of Influence from the Mount of Venus cutting it, indicates separation or divorce.
A little above the second phalange of the thumb and befween the Mount of Venus and the second phalange, there is/a line called Rati Rekha (in Ravana Samhita) and it denotes appiness from marriage for both man and woman. If this ine is broken, the wife will die or there will be a separation
/” or divorce. An island shows ill-health of a partner. If the line is thick and badly shaped, the partner does not know the art a- A line of marriage dropping towvard the Heart line b-
A fork at the end of the line of marriage A bar or cross on the line of marriage A break and Island on the line of marriage A forlt at the beginning of the line A small line besides the main line running parallel to it g- Rati rekha broken on the second phalange of the thumb h- Rati rekha thick and badly shaped i- An island on Rati rekha j=J A line from the life line going to the mount of Saturn k-k A line from the mount of Venus joining the fate line
1-k A line from mount of Moon joining fate line
‘
m- A line from mount of Venus cutting the Iine of marriage.
Fig.
41
a- A line of marriage dropping towvard the Heart line A fork at the end of the line of marriage A bar or cross on the line of marriage A break and Island on the linc of marriage A for!lt at the beginning of the line A small line besides the main line running parallel to it Rati rekha broken on the second phalange of the thumb Rati rekha thick and badly shaped i~ An island on Rati rekha j-J A line from the life line going to the mount of Saturn k-k A line from the mount of Venus joining the fate line
1-k A line from mount of Moon joining fate line
‘
m- A line from mount of Venus cutting the Iine of marriage.
Fig. 41
S The Line of Marriage 173
of love-making. but a fine line shows a contrary position.
Subsidiary lines to this line show extra-marital relations. A black dot on this line indicates death of a partner. A twisted line shows two wives but no issue.
Small lines crossing the Line of Marriage indicate financial difficulties or health problems. A branch of the Marriage Line meeting the Lines of Head and Heart can cause trouble to the couple. or iliness at the time of delivery.
The Marriage Line does not indicate the age at which the marriage is likely to happen as stated by some authors in their hooks on palmistry. According to them, the nearer this line is to the Line of Heart. the earlier is the marriage in one’s life, but this is not found true by me in many cases. Some other signs and the Fate Line have to be examined.
A small line beside the Line of Marriage running parallel to it shows the continuance of an old love affair, even after marriage. An island on this !ine shows extra-marital relation-
ships or trouble/discord in married life. An islanded line throughout shows excessive sex, impotency or disease.
If the shorter line is on the top and the longer line below, there can be delay in marriage or difficulty in getting on well together or begetting children or availing of their services, or any benefit from them. If both the lines are equal, both husband and wife have the same age. If the upper line is longer, then the wife may die first. If the lower line is longer, the wife may survive her husband.
When a line running beside the line of Marriage or beside the Fate Line merges in the Fate Line it shows a female influence which ultimately results in a marriage and good luck to the subject. A fine line emerging from the Line of Life and going towards the Mount of Saturn on a woman’s hand makes her self-supporting.
If the little finger goes beyond the second knot of the third
(Sun) finger, the wife’s c?i:mplexion or behaviour is upgraded, but if it is less than the first joint of the third finger, the wife’s colour, complexion or temperament are downgraded.
When a line from the Mount of Sun goes towards the Mount of Mercury, the wife belongs to a rich family. If there is a parallel line to the Ling of Marriage, the marriage is happy and ther¢ is mutual love between the couple. When the Line of The Line of Marriage 173
of love-making. but a fine line shows a contrary position.
Subsidiary lines to this line show extra-marital relations. A black dot on this line indicates death of a partner. A twisted line shows two wives but no issue.
Small lines crossing the Line of Marriage indicate financial difficulties or health problems. A branch of the Marriage Line meeting the Lines of Head and Heart can cause trouble to the couple. or iliness at the time of delivery.
The Marriage Line does not indicate the age at which the marriage is likely to happen as stated by some authors in their hooks on palmistry, According to them, the pnearer this line is to the Line of Heart. the earlier is the marriage in one’s life, but this is not found true by me in many cases. Some other signs and the Fate Line have to be examined.
A small line beside the Line of Marriage running parallel to it shows the continuance of an old love affair, even after marriage. An island on this !ine shows extra-marital relation-
ships or trouble/discord in married life. An islanded linc throughout shows excessive sex, impotency or disease.
If the shorter line is on the top and the longer line below.
there can be delay in marriage or difficulty in getting on well together or begetting children or availing of their services, or any benefit from them. If both the lines are equal, both husband and wife have the same age. If the upper line is longer, then the wife may die first. If the lower line is longer, the wife may survive her husband.
When a line running beside the line of Marriage or beside the Fate Linc merges in the Fate Line it shows a female influence which ultimately results in a marriage and good luck to the subject. A fine line emerging from the Line of Life and going towards the Mount of Saturn on a woman’s hand makes her self-supporting.
If the little finger goes beyond the second knot of the third
(Sun) finger, the wife’s cémplexion or behaviour is upgraded, but if it is less than the first joint of the third finger, the wife’s colour, complexion or temperament are downgraded.
When a line from the Mount of Sun goes towards the Mount of Mercury, the wife/ belongs to a rich family. If there is a parallel line to the Line of Marriage, the marriage is happy and there is mutual Iove;/ between the couple. When the Line of
174 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Marriage drops towards the Heart Line, love at first sight or marriage prompted by emotion is shown. This sign also means that the possessor of the sign will survive his partner as mentioned earlier.
A line from the Mount of Moon joining the Fate Line indi-
cates female influencj‘ on a man’s life. The further course of the Fate Line will disclose its result. If the Fate Line becomes better, he will be prosperous and if it develops any defect. the:
person will be in trouble.
When the Mount of Venus is shortened by the Life Line, there is a star at the joining of the lines of Head and Health and the first bracelet of Rascette rises up in the centre of palm, sterility and sexual debility are confirmed.
The Line of Marriage will show only sex, without any attachment, when the fingers and the thumb are short. the Head Line is straight and the mounts are undeveloped. If the Line of Marriage is absent. the person may marry but will have little affection for his spouse. A man’s left and a wonian’s right hand is given importance for the examination of marriage indications, According to one ancient Hindu text, small horizonta] lines on the Mount of Mercury stand for the planets of Venus and Mercury. The upper line is the Mercury line and denotes the male and the lower is the Venus line and denotes the female.
If the upper line is longer than the lower and both the lines are clear and well-formed, the man is likely to be married at an early age and his wife will be homely, fucky and will bear children. If only one line is present, delay and hindrance in marriage may result. In that case, he should marry after 28
years of age. Two lines indicate one marriage and three lines two marriages (Fig. 41).
Married Life In these pages, there is valuable information about good and bad signs of a marriage, and also marks of an ideal husband and wife and their compatibility.
The face, dress, make-up and initial behaviour of a person can mislead people but not the hand. It speaks the truth. It does not hide facts or pose for what is not really indicated.
174 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Marriage drops tow:ar%s the Heart Line, love at first sight or marriage prompted by emotion is shown. This sign also means that the possessor of the sign will survive his partner as mentioned earlier.
A line from the Mount of Moon joining the Fate Linc indi-
cates female influence on a man’s life. The further course of the Fate Line will disclose its result. If the Fate Line becomes better, he will be prosperous and if it develops any defect. the:
person will be in trouble.
When the Mount of Venus is shortened by the Life Line, there is a star at the joining of the lines of Head and Health and the first bracelet of Rascette rises up in the centre of palm, sterility and sexual debility are confirmed.
The Line of Marriage will show only sex. without any attachment, when the fingers and the thumb are short. the Hcad Line is straight and the mounts are undeveloped. If the Line of Marriage is absent. the person may marry but will have little affection for his spouse. A man’s left and 4 wonian’s right hand is given importance for the examination of marriage indications, According to onc ancient Hindu text. small horizonta] lines on the Mount of Mercury stand for the planets of Venus and Mercury. The upper line is the Mercury line and denotes the male and the lower is the Venus line and denotes the female.
If the upper line is longer than the lower and both the lines are clear and well-formed, the man is likely to be married at an early age and his wife will be homely, lucky and will bear children. If only one line is present, delay and hindrance in marriage may result. In that case, he should marry after 28
years of age. Two lines indicate one marriage and three lines two marriages (Fig. 41).
Married Life In these pages, there is valuable information about good and bad signs of a marriage, and also marks of an ideal husband and wife and their compatibility.
The face, dress, make-up and initial behaviour of a person can mislead people but not the hand. It speaks the truth. It does not hide facts or pose for what is not really indicated.
A
.
The Line of Marriage 175
Some signs are common to men and women but it is not possible to select an ideal, exemplary match in all.’respects.
Human nature being what it is, something is missing in every human being and no, one is perfect. It is a relative and comparativz choice.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
2
(h)
(i)
)]
(k)
)
Some Signs of Happy Marriage The Life Line is round and free from defects.
The Fate Line is thin and away from the Life Line.
The Line of Marriage is thin, long and defectless.
The Mount of Venus is normally developed.
The thumb and the finger of Jupiter are long and straight.
There is wide space between the thumb and the finger of Jupiter, and also between the base of the fingers and the Heart Line.
Some Bad Signs of Unhappy Marriage The Head Line begins from the Lower Mount of Mars.
The Line of Marriage is defective.
A bianch of the Heart Line going towards and meeting the Head Line.
The Life Line is straight, not curved.
A large gap between the Lines of Life and Head.
An jsland on the Fate Line.
The Mount of Venus is raised and there is a sign of a mole on it, The Lines of Life and Head are joined together up to a good distance at the beginning.
The Mounts of Mars and Jupiter are low and the Mount of Venus contains a grille on it.
The Lines of Sun and Health|are crossed by several lines.
The presence of many small lines on the percussion under the Mount of Mercury.
The absence of the Line of Marriage.
(m) A branch emanating from the Line of Marriage on a woman’s right hand would indicate a co-wife of her
‘
The Line of Marriage 175
Some signs are common to men and women but it is not possible to select an ideal, exemplary match in all ‘respects.
Human nature being what it is, something is missing in every human being and no,one is perfect. It is a relative and comparativ: choice.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(2
(h)
(i)
😉
(k)
1))
Some Signs of Happy Marriage The Life Line is round and free from defects.
The Fate Line is thin and away from the Life Line.
The Line of Marriage is thin, long and defectless.
The Mount of Venus is normally developed.
The thumb and the finger of Jupiter are long and straight.
There is wide space between the thumb and the finger of Jupiter, and also between the base of the fingers and the Heart Line.
Some Bad Signs of Unhappy Marriage The Head Line begins from the Lower Mount of Mars.
The Line of Marriage is defective.
A bianch of the Heart Line going towards and meeting the Head Line.
The Life Line is straight, not curved.
A large gap between the Lines of Life and Head.
An jsland an the Fate Line.
The Mount of Venus is raised and there is a sign of a mole on it The Lines of Life and Head are joined together up to a good distance at the beginning.
The Mounts of Mars and Jupiter are low and the Mount of Venus contains a grille on it.
The Lines of Sun and Health are crossed by several lines.
The presence of many small lines on the percussion under the Mount of Mercury.
The absence of the Line of Maniiage.
(m) A branch emanating from the Line of Marriage on a woman’s right hand would indficate a co-wife of her
176 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1)
(a)
(b)
husband. This should be confirmed from other signs on the hand.
Marks of a Good Husband He possesses a long Heart Line which forks in the end, one branch .going between the first and the second finger and the other to the Mount of Jupiter.
The thumb stands straight and there is ample space between the thumb and the first finger. There is a balanced development of the phalanges of the thumb.
There are signs of Yuvs in both joints of the thumb.
A good Head Line slightly bending towards the Mount of Moon, making him sensible and well-behaved.
The fingers are evenly set on the palm (at least two middle fingers should be in a straight line) and the little finger is straight and well-shaped.
The Lines of Fate and Sun are present and are free from defects, making him rich and successful.
Other good marks, e.g., fish. triangle. Yuv or flag, are present on the paim.
Unfavourable Signs on a Maw’s Hand A man having a low-set little finger, which is short.
round or crooked. The Heart Line short and branchless much raised and rayed Mounts of Moon and Venus and the first phalange of the thumb thick and second thin is likely to be too passionate and selfish.
A man having a weak, short or supple thumb, depres-
sed Mount of Mars and overdeveloped Mount of Moon may fall into the drinking habit.
|
176 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1)
(a)
(b)
husband. This should be confirmed from other signs on the hand.
Marks of a Good Husband He possesses a long Heart Line which forks in the end, one branch .going betwcen the first and the second finger and the other to the Mount of Jupiter.
The thumb stands straight and there is ample space between the thumb and the first finger. There is a balanced development of the phalanges of the thumb.
There are signs of Yuvs in both joints of the thumb.
A good Head Line slightly bending towards the Mount of Moon, making him sensible and well-behaved.
The fingers are evenly set on the palm (at least two middle fingers should be in a straight line) and the little finger is straight and well-shaped.
The Lines of Fate and Sun are present and are free from defects, making him rich and successful.
Other good marks. e.g.. fish. triangle. Yuv or flag. are present on the paim.
Unfavourable Signs on a Maw’s Hand A man having a low-set little finger, which is short, round or crooked. The Heart Line short and branchless much raised and rayed Mounts of Moon and Venus and the first phalange of the thumb thick and second thin is likely to be too passionate and selfish.
A man having a weak, short or supple thumb, depres-
sed Mount of Mars and overdeveloped Mount of Moon may fall into the drinking habit.
Hand of a good hushand Iig. 42
Hand of a pood wife Fig. 43
The Line of Marriage 177
The Line of Marriage Hand of a good hushand Hand ot a pood wife
177
Fig. 42
Fig. 43
=
o
178 Everybody’s Guide of Palmistry Hand of a Good Husband Fig. 42
Hand of an ideal husband a Fish b A good Life Line
¢ A good line of Mars d A good Head Line e A good Heart Line forked in the end f Marriage lines —large above:
small below a A good Fate Line h A good Sun Line i The sign of yuv at the first joint of thumb i The sign of yuv at the second j0int N A cross on the Mount of Jupiter I A good Rati Rekha m A good formation of brace-
l2ts Hand of a Good Wife Fig. 43
Hand of a good wife a A sign of fish b The Fate Line long and faultless
¢ The Heart Line good and forks in the end d The Life Line round and faultless e Sign of yuv in the first joint of the thumb f Sign of yuv in the second joint of the thumb g A good Head Line h A Line of Mars on Mount of Venus the In both the cases, the thumb opens fully, the first and the fourth fingers have pointed tips, two fingers are evenly set
;]
bracelets and Rati Rekhas are well-formed.
178 Everybody’s Guide of Palmistry Hand of a Good Husband Fig. 42
Hand of an ideul husband a Fish b A good Life Line
¢ A good line of Mars d A good Head Line e A good Heart Line forked in the end f Marriage lines —large above;
small below
¢ A good Fate Line h A good Sun Line i The sign of yuv at the first joint of thumb i The sign of yuv at the second
1oint k A cross on the Mount of Jupiter
| A good Rati Rekha m A good formation of brace-
121s In both the cases, the thumb opens fully, the first and the fourth fingers have pointed tips, two fingers are evenly set, Hand of a Good Wife Fig. 43
Hand of a good wife a A sign of fish b The Fate Line long and faultless
¢ The Heart Line good and forks in the end d The Life Line round and faultless e Sign of yuv in the first joint of the thumb f Sign of yuv in the second joint of the thumb g A good Head Line h A Line of Mars on the Mount of Venus bracelets and Rati Rekhas are well-formed.
(¢)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(8)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
The Line of Marriage 179
If the finger of Jupiter is long, the mount of Jupiter is raised and the mounts of Moon and Venus are weak and low, the man has a commanding, stubborn nature with scanty regard for reason and opinion of others.
A man having a sloping Head line, hollow in the centre of the palm, and the lines of Head and Heart lying close together, becomes too much imaginative and narrow-minded, making it difficult for him to get along with others and achieve success in life.
If the girdle of Venus is present, fingers are long and pointed, the thumb is supple and the fingers are unevenly set on the palm, the man is impulsive and interfering.
A line from the mount of Venus after crossing the lines of Life and Head reaching the Heart line, where there is an island, shows trouble in marriage.
The lines of Sun and Health crossed by many lines.
If the Fate line is thick and the mount of Venus is much raised, the person does not care for his wife.
When the Brain line is defective and the Life line is straight, the man looks much older than his age.
If the Heart line ends in between the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, the mount of Venus is raised and the finger of Mercury is crooked, the man is extremely lustful and is unable to exercise control.
An island on the Fate line, an Influence line from the mount of Mars cuts the Life line, the mount of Venus is raised and the Head line starts from the positive Mars show high sensuality and extra-marital relations.
() A man having a girdle of Venus, which is crossed at the start by small, thin vertical lines, is flirtatious and fickleminded.
(m) A cross on the mount of Saturn shows childlessness.
She should have a long Heart Line, reaching the mount of Signs of a Good Wife Fig. 43
Jupiter and preferably forked at the end. If her first finger is long and there are lines on the mount of Jupiter, she has the s The Line of Marriage 179
(c) If the finger of Jupiter is long, the mount of Jupiter is raised and the mounts of Moon and Venus are weak and low, the man has a commanding, stubborn nature with scanty regard for reason and opinion of others.
(d) A man having a sloping Head line, hollow in the centre of the palm, and the lines of Head and Heart lying close together, becomes too much imaginative and narrow-minded, making it difficult for him to get along with others and achieve success in life.
(e) If the girdle of Venus is present, fingers are long and pointed, the thumb is supple and the fingers are unevenly set on the palm, the man is impulsive and interfering.
(f) A line from the mount of Venus after crossing the lines of Life and Head reaching the Heart line, where there is an island, shows trouble in marriage.
(g) The lines of Sun and Health crossed by many lines.
(h) If the Fate line is thick and the mount of Venus is much raised, the person does not care for his wife.
(i) When the Brain line is defective and the Life line is straight, the man looks much older than his age.
(j)
1If the Heart line ends in between the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, the mount of Venus is raised and the finger of Mercury is crooked, the man is extremely lustful and is unable to exercise control.
(k) Anisland on the Fate line, an Influence line from the mount of Mars cuts the Life line, the mount of Venus is raised and the Head line starts from the positive Mars show high sensuality and extra-marital relations.
(1) A man having a girdle of Venus, which is crossed at the start by small, thin vertical lines, is flirtatious and fickleminded.
(m) A cross on the mount of Saturn shows childlessness.
Signs of a Good Wife Fig. 43
She should have a long Heart Line, reaching the mount of
.
Jupiter and preferably forked at the end. If her first finger is long and there are lines on the mount of Jupiter, she has the
180 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry quality of leadership and a sense of self-respect and her husband should understand her inborn traits.
A good wife has generally the same signs and lines as a good husband has. The main features* are:
(a) The thumb is strong and opens fully and stands at a right angle when the hand is stretched. It has Ywy signs on its first and second joints.
(b) There is ample space between the fingers and the Heart Line.
(c) The mounts of Moon and Venus are not much raised and rayed.
(d) The Heart Line is defectless and goes to the mount of Jupiter.
(e) The palm is even and elastic (not hollow) and the fingers are square and knotty. All the mounts in the hand are evenly developed.
(f) The Head Line is neither very long nor very short and is joined to the Life line at the start. This joint is thin and small.
(g) Fingers (at least two) are evenly set (i.e., are in a straight line) on the palm.
(h) Her rascettes are well-formed. She has the sign of fish on the wrist and or sign of Swastika, flag or temple on the palm.
(1) The lines of Fate and Sun are clear and faultless.
(j) A beautiful woman, who is supposed to be social, possesses small but well-shaped hands and fingers. The mounts of Venus and Jupiter are developed and her hand is otherwise good.
(k) The Head line is moderately long and there are few lines beside the main important lines on the palm.
Special Marks
(a) She has long and thin fingers.
(b) Her first and fourth fingers have pointed tips.
(¢) Her second digit of the foot is not Jonger than the first digit and the other digits of her feet are well-
® It is not possible to find all good signs on one’s hand,
180 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry quality of leadership and a sense of self-respect and her husband should understand her inborn traits.
A good wife has generally the same signs and lines as a good husband has. The main features* are:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
The thumb is strong and opens fully and stands at a right angle when the hand is stretched. It has Ywy signs on its first and second joints.
There is ample space between the fingers and the Heart Line.
The mounts of Moon and Venus are not much raised and rayed.
The Heart Line is defectless and goes to the mount of Jupiter.
The palm is even and elastic (not hollow) and the fingers are square and knotty. All the mounts in the hand are evenly developed.
The Head Line is neither very long nor very short and is joined to the Life line at the start. This joint is thin and small.
Fingers (at least two) are evenly set (i.e., are in a straight line) on the palm.
Her rascettes are well-formed. She has the sign of fish on the wrist and or sign of Swastika, flag or temple on the palm.
The lines of Fate and Sun are clear and faultless.
A beautiful woman, who is supposed to be social, possesses small but well-shaped hands and fingers. The mounts of Venus and Jupiter are developed and her hand is otherwise good.
The Head line is moderately long and there are few lines beside the main important lines on the palm.
Special Marks
(a)
(b)
(c)
She has long and thin fingers.
Her first and fourth fingers have pointed tips.
Her second digit of the foot is not longer than the first digit and the other digits of her feet are well-
¢ 1t is not possible to find all good signs on one’s hand,
(d)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(8)
The Line of Marriage 181
formed, not overlapping or short or slender, flat or blunt or separated with much space.
She does not have short and thick hair on the arms.
If her Fate line starts from the mount of Moon, she is obedient and submissive to her husband and when this line does not reach the Head line, she comple-
tely surrenders to her husband’s will. If the Fate Line starts from the centre of the palm, independent of the Life line, she is of an independent nature.
Compatibility of Husband and Wife The skin texture should not be very much different, i.e., very soft and silken in woman and very coarse in a man, The thickness of the hand shows emotional strength.
Thin hands lack warmth. Thick and hard hands show animal passion and lust and the owner may be a difficult person to live with. He is also cold and cal-
culating, interested in sex without love.
A straight and long thumb gives incentive for higher and nobler motives to grow. A short thumb restricts the love and feelings to a smaller range. A supple thumb makes the person love intensely, but his love is flexible, while a stiff thumb adds durability and stead-
fastness to love.
A person with a strong rough thumb cannot adjust with a person of slender, supple and weak thumb.
The Heart line going to the mount of Jfipiter shows ideal love and if it ends on the mount of Saturn, it shows sensuality.
A straight Heart line belongs to the feminine type, where an-emotional factor is involved and a personhas a passive approach. A curved Heart line ending between the mounts of Saturn and Jupiter pertains to the masculine and direct physical type having active sexual approach.
When the Heart line leans towards the Head Line, some maladjustment or disturbance can throw such a person out of balance.
(d)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(8)
The Line of Marriage 181
formed, not overlapping or short or slender, flat or blunt or separated with much space.
She does not have short and thick hair on the arms.
If her Fate line starts from the mount of Moon, she is obedient and submissive to her husband and when this line does not reach the Head line, she comple-
tely surrenders to her husband’s will. If the Fate Line starts from the centre of the palm, independent of the Life line, she is of an independent nature.
Compatibility of Husband and Wife The skin texture should not be very much different, i.e., very soft and silken in woman and very coarse in a man, The thickness of the hand shows emotional strength.
Thin hands lack warmth. Thick and hard hands show animal passion and lust and the owner may be a difficult person to live with. He is also cold and cal-
culating, interested in sex without love.
A straight and long thumb gives incentive for higher and nobler motives to grow. A short thumb restricts the love and feelings to a smaller range. A supple thumb makes the person love intensely, but his love is flexible, while a stiff thumb adds durability and stead-
fastness to love.
A person with a strong rough thumb cannot adjust with a person of slender, supple and weak thumb.
The Heart line going to the mount of Jfipiter shows ideal love and if it ends on the mount of Saturn, it shows sensuality.
A straight Heart line belongs to the feminine type, where an-emotional factor is involved and a personhas a passive approach. A curved Heart line ending between the mounts of Saturn and Jupiter pertains to the masculine and direct physical type having active sexual approach.
When the Heart line leans towards the Head Line, some maladjustment or disturbance can throw such a person out of balance.
182 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(h)
(i)
When the Heart line bifurcates at the end on the mounts of Saturn or Jupiter, the person plays passive and active role in love-making.
A broad and shallow Heart line makes a person thick-
skinned.
(j) A person with well-shaped and soft hands, plump and
(k)
M round fingers and the Heart line ending on the mount of Saturn will be sensual and passionate.
When the Heart line does not lean towards the Head line, the Marriage line does not curve towards the Heart line and the lines of Fate, Life and Mars are good, conjugal relationship is harmonious.
When the Head iine is short and straight, the person appreciates physical beauty but when it is long and ends on the mount of Moon, the person is romantic.
(m) If the lines of Head and Life are separate and there is
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
a gap between these two lines at the beginning and the Mercury finger of the hand keeps apart from the rest of the fingers, the person is quite independent.
A long Fate Line without a break on a woman’s hand shows consistency in love. If this line is broken at places, her attitude towards marriage relationship is defective.
When the fingers are supple and siender, the thumb bends back, the little finger remains apart from the rest of the fingers, the mounts of Jupiter and Sun are depressed, the mount of Venus raised and rayed, the girdle of Venus present, the Head line dropping and has a long fork at the end and the Heart line ends without a fork, the woman has weak morals.
A thick thumb and thick fingers, a straight Life Line, the Heart Line near the fingers and a short Head line cause the person to indulge in unnatural sexual acts and immoral trafficking.
If a thick Fate line ends at the line of Head or Heart, the husband is dissatisfied with his wife’s tempera-
ment.
An island on the Fate line of a woman often indicates infidelity. If a fine line joins it from the mount of Luna, she entertains love from a married man.
182 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(h)
(i)
When the Heart line bifurcates at the end on the mounts of Saturn or Jupiter, the person plays passive and active role in love-making.
A broad and shallow Heart line makes a person thick-
skinned.
(j) A person with well-shaped and soft hands, plump and
(k)
1)
round fingers and the Heart line ending on the mount of Saturn will be sensual and passionate.
When the Heart line does not lean towards the Head line, the Marriage line does not curve towards the Heart line and the lines of Fate, Life and Mars are good, conjugal relationship is harmonious.
When the Head iine is short and straight, the person appreciates physical beauty but when it is long and ends on the mount of Moon, the person is romantic.
(m) If the lines of Head and Life are separate and there is
(n)
(0)
(p)
(q)
(r)
a gap between these two lines at the beginning and the Mercury finger of the hand keeps apart from the rest of the fingers, the person is quite independent.
A long Fate Line without a break on a woman’s hand shows consistency in love. If this line is broken at places, her attitude towards marriage relationship is defective.
When the fingers are supple and siender, the thumb bends back, the little finger remains apart from the rest of the fingers, the mounts of Jupiter and Sun are depressed, the mount of Venus raised and rayed, the girdie of Venus present, the Head line dropping and has a long fork at the end and the Heart line ends without a fork, the woman has weak morals, A thick thumb and thick fingers, a straight Life Line, the Heart Line near the fingers and a short Head line cause the person to indulge in unnatural sexual acts and immoral trafficking.
If a thick Fate line ends at the line of Head or Heart, the husband is dissatisfied with his wife’s tempera-
ment.
An island on the Fate line of a woman often indicates infidelity. If a fine line joins it from the mount of Luna, she entertains love from a married man.
—_— .
—
The Line of Marriage 183
(s) A stubborn and haughty woman has large and firm hands and square fingers. Her liftle finger remains separate from other fingers of the hand and the nail phalange of her thumb is heavy and stiff.
(t) When a line, starting from the mount of Venus, proceeds and merges in the Fate line after crossing the Life line, the result is good for the couple.
Professions of Husband*
If the Heart line forks at the end high up between the first and the second fingers, her husband is in a profession (e.g., government service, engineer, journalist, etc.)
If the Heart line is straight, her husband may be doing his own business; if the Heart line 1s going towards Jupiter finger, her husband may be a business executive.
When the Heart Line turns towards the Head line, her husband may be a trader.
The Heart line ending with a small fork, one fork leaning towards the Head line, her husband is a salaried officer—the larger the fork, the higher his income.
Signs of Widowhood or Divorce or Separation Readers ought not to get worried by finding one or two of the following signs on their hands or on the hands of their spouse. When a few signs combine in one hand and the hand is generally bad, the forecast about the sign may be effective.
In the present social set-up in India, there are divorces and remarriages. The old restraint, fear and thinking are changing due to Western influence and economic conditions, except that the demand for dowry has increased and in some cases brides are tortured and sometimes killed. This is a great sin and its consequences cannot be escaped. Such persons will have to reap the fruits of their misdeeds.
(a) The hands are hard and crooked. Good signs, e.g., fish, yuv or lotus, are absent from the palm; the Fate Line is defective or is broken at places. The palm is hollow. There is space between the fingers. Hands have hair on their back.
*For details see Hand Analysis by Myran Lawrance (Vikas)
¥4
R i S B, DS The Line of Marriage 183
(s) A stubborn and haughty woman has large and firm hands and square fingers. Her liftle finger remains separate from other fingers of the hand and the nail phalange of her thumb is heavy and stiff.
(t) When a line, starting from the mount of Venus, proceeds and merges in the Fate line after crossing the Life line, the result is good for the couple.
Professions of Hushband*
If the Heart line forks at the end high up between the first and the second fingers, her husband is in a profession (e.g., government service, engineer, journalist, etc.)
If the Heart line is straight, her husband may be doing his own business; if the Heart line i1s going towards Jupiter finger, her husband may be a business executive.
When the Heart Line turns towards the Head line, her husband may be a trader.
The Heart line ending with a small fork, one fork leaning towards the Head line, her husband is a salaried officer—the larger the fork, the higher his income.
Signs of Widowhood or Divorce or Separation Readers ought not to get worried by finding one or two of the following signs on their hands or on the hands of their spouse. When a few signs combine in one hand and the hand is generally bad, the forecast about the sign may be effective.
In the present social set-up in India, there are divorces and remarriages. The old restraint, fear and thinking are changing due to Western influence and economic conditions, except that the demand for dowry has increased and in some cases brides are tortured and sometimes killed. This is a great sin and its consequences cannot be escaped. Such persons will have to reap the fruits of their misdeeds.
(a) The hands are hard and crooked. Good signs, e.g., fish, yuv or lotus, are absent from the palm; the Fate Line is defective or is broken at places. The palm is hollow. There is space between the fingers. Hands have hair on their back.
*For details see Hand Analysis by Myran Lawrance (Vikas)
=
o™ s
184 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(b) The line of marriage is crossed by several small lines
‘
and a cross also appears near the lines of Head or i Heart under the mount of Sun,
:
(¢) A line emerges from a star on the mount of Venus and cuts the Life Line or goes further and also cuts other main lines, or when such a line goes to the mount of Saturn and ends in a fork.
(d) The line of Marriage turns down and touches the Heart line and there is a cross on the Heart Line.
(e) The index finger is short, the Fate line ends on the Head line and a branch of the Heart line reaches the Head line.
(f) The Fate line is broken in a woman’’s hand and a cross appears on the mount of Sun, touching the Heart Line.
‘
(g) A deep line from the Heart line cuts the Fate Line.
(h) A line of Influence starting from the mount of Venus, crossing and cutting an upward branch on the Life Line or ending under the mount of Mercury—some-
times cutting the line of Marriage or when the In-
fluence line ends in a fork on the line of Heart.
(1) A break, a cross, a black spot, or a star on the line of Marriage or an Influence line from the mount of Venus cutting it.
(j) A thick line starting from a star on the mount of Venus and ending in a fork on the mount of Saturn shows an unhappy marriage ending in the death of the spouse.
(k) An island on the Fate Line on both the hands. The Heart line or its thick branch touching the brain line, an island on the line of Mars, a defect in the line of Influence, a bar cutting the line of Influence.
U
(1) The fingers have more than three phalanges.
(m) An upward branch of the Heart line (going towards the thumb) cutting the Fate line.
The Lines of Children
(Fig. 44)
If there are signs of sterility on the palm, no issue can be predicted even if signs of children are present. Similarly, any
184 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(b) The line of marriage is crossed by several small lines and a cross also appears near the lines of Head or Heart under the mount of Sun,
(c) A line emerges from a star on the mount of Venus and cuts the Life Line or goes further and also cuts other main lines, or when such a line goes to the mount of Saturn and ends in a fork.
(d) The line of Marriage turns down and touches the Heart line and there is a cross on the Heart Line.
(e) The index finger is short, the Fate line ends on the Head line and a branch of the Heart line reaches the Head line.
(f) The Fate line is broken in a woman’s hand and a cross appears on the mount of Sun, touching the Heart Line.
(g) A deep line from the Heart line cuts the Fate Line.
(h) A line of Influence starting from the mount of Venus, crossing and cutting an upward branch on the Life
|
Line or ending under the mount of Mercury —some-
times cutting the line of Marriage or when the In-
‘
fluence line ends in a fork on the line of Heart.
|
(i) A break, a cross, a black spot, or a star on the line of f Marriage or an Influence line from the mount of
’
Venus cutting it.
(J) A thick line starting from a star on the mount of Venus
{
and ending in a fork on the mount of Saturn shows an unhappy marriage ending in the death of the spouse.
(k) An island on the Fate Line on both the hands. The Heart line or its thick branch touching the brain line, an island on the line of Mars, a defect in the line of Influence, a bar cutting the line of Influence.
(1) The fingers have more than three phalanges.
(m) An upward branch of the Heart line (going towards the thumb) cutting the Fate line.
The Lines of Children
(Fig. 44)
If there are signs of sterility on the palm, no issue can be predicted even if signs of children are present. Similarly, any L e The Line of Marriage 185
LINES OF CHILDREN Vértical lines on the line of marriage Lines on the mount of Venus behind the life line Yuv signs on the second phalange of the thymb, showing male issues Horizontal lines between the lines of Head and Heart Vertical lines on the second phalange of the fourth finger Vertical lines on the second phalange of the Saturn finger Vertical lines on the second phalange of the thumb Horizontal lines on the mount of Moon The Heart line forks at the start The Line of Marrigage 185
LINES OF CHILDREN Veértical lines on the line of marriage Lines on the mount of Venus behind the life line Yuv signs on the second phalange of the thymb, showing male issues Horizontal lines between the lines of Head and Heart Vertical lines on the second phalange of the fourth finger Vertical lines on the second phalange of the Saturn finger Vertical lines on the second phalange of the thumb Horizontal lines on the mount of Moon The Heart line forks at the start
186 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry other defect or any birth control method, or an operation of tubectomy or vasectomy of husband or wife should be consi-
dered before making a prediction.
The lines of marriage and children are seen on the hands of eunuchs, celebates, spinsters and nuns, but these lines do not indicate marriage or children, but stand for affection and students/disciples, respectively. The hands of the couple must be seen before making predictions about the children, as both husband and wife are responsible for the birth of a child.
Western palmists say that small vertical lines on the mount of Mercury above the line of Marriage indicate children. Such lines run from outside the line of Marriage into the hand. When the lines are thin, slanting and weak, daughters are indicated, but, when the lines are broad, clear and upright, sons are predicted. Healthy children are shown by clear and strong lines. A break or an island on these lines denotes illness or death of a child. Death or iliness of the issues is not generally ascertainable from these lines. The eldest child is shown in the centre of the mount of Mercury. Some authors say it is shown by the farthest line around percussion, but the former indication is found correct.
:
In Indian palmistry, there are also other lines which are said to indicate the number of children.
The lines crossing the mount of Venus vertically at the bottom of the thumb show issues a person is likely to have in a natural way i.e., if birth control methods are not applied. Long and clear lines show sons and thin lines show daughters. If the lines are not crossed and defective, children are likely to be healthy and their span of life normal.
A Yuv on the second joint of the thumb shows a male issue and this sign is found to be mostly true in my personal experience. More than one Yuv sign means more than one male issue. Small vertical lines on the side of the second phalange of the thumb will show children of the husband*
and on the left thumb such lines show children of the wife.*
*Such lines are not seen in many cases and such a position generally arises
‘in western countries where remarriages and divorces are very common.
Readers may recall the famous humorous tit-bit “Your children, my children and our children”.
;
186 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry other defect or any birth control method, or an operation of tubectomy or vasectomy of husband or wife should be consi-
dered before making a prediction.
The lines of marriage and children are seen on the hands of eunuchs, celebates, spinsters and nuns, but these lines do not indicate marriage or children, but stand for affection and students/disciples, respectively. The hands of the couple must be seen before making predictions about the children, as both husband and wife are responsible for the birth of a child.
Western palmists say that small vertical [ines on the mount of Mercury above the line of Marriage indicate children. Such lines run from outside the line of Marriage into the hand. When the lines are thin, slanting and weak, daughters are indicated, but, when the lines are broad, clear and upright, sons are predicted. Healthy children are shown by clear and strong lines. A break or an island on these lines denotes illness or death of a child. Death or illness of the issues is not generally ascertainable from these lines. The eldest child is shown in the centre of the mount of Mercury. Some authors say it is shown by the farthest line around percussion, but the former indication is found correct.
g In Indian palmistry, there are also other lines which are said to indicate the number of children.
The lines crossing the mount of Venus vertically at the bottom of the thumb show issues a person is likely to have in a natural way i.e., if birth control methods are not applied. Long and clear lines show sons and thin lines show daughters. If the lines are not crossed and defective, children are likely to be healthy and their span of life normal.
A Yuv on the second joint of the thumb shows a male issue and this sign is found to be mostly true in my personal experience. More than one Yuv sign means more than one male issue. Small vertical lines on the side of the second phalange of the thumb will show children of the husband*
and on the left thumb such lines show children of the wife.*
*Such lines are not seen in many cases and such a position generally arises in western countries where remarriages and divorces are very common.
Readers may recall the famous humorous tit-bit ‘“Your children, my children and our children”.
The Line of Marriage 187
Small upward lines between the lines of Head and Heart show helpful children. The lines on the side of the palm towards the mount of Moon show children at the time of death.
The lines between the lines of Head and Heart also tell about children.
Children are also ascertained from the clear vertical lines on the second phalange of the Mercury finger, and also from
&
the second phalange of the Saturn finger.
– o X )
The Line of Marriage 187
Small upward lines between the lines of Head and Heart show helpful children. The lines on the side of the palm towards the mount of Moon show children at the time of death.
The lines between the lines of Head and Heart also tell about children.
Children are also ascertained from the clear vertical lines on the second phalange of the Mercury finger, and also from the second phalange of the Saturn finger.
CHAPTER 22
Time From Hand
(Fig. 45)
T should be borne in mind that the exact date or probable date or month of an event is not possible to be predicted simply from the hand, unless the palmist takes the help of some other system. Though the hand has been classified into certain types, every hand is unique in shape, consistency, texture and colour. As no thumb-impression is alike in billions of hands, no two hands are alike, and so it becomes difficult to fix the position for a definite age on the hand.
Eminent palmists like Cheiro and Benham have given different systems of calculating time from the lines of hand, but all are of the opinion that the place where the Fate Line cuts the Head line shows the age of about 35 and where it cuts the Heart line the probable age is 56, on a normal, square hand.
Some adjustment is required if the hand is very long, spatulate of psychic. If there is no Fate Line, an imaginary Fate Line has to be drawn.
Some palmists have taken the maximum average age at 70, some 90 and others 100. I consider the maximum average age of 90 to be nearer the mark in the present time, when medical science and aid have progressed and several diseases, like smallpox and tuberculosis, are eliminated. The age on the lines given in Fig. 45 has been calculated on this basis. The age on the lines of Head and Life are to be read from the commencement from the side of thumb downwards. The age from the Heart line should be read from its commencement from the left side of the palm on the mount of Mercury towards the mount of Jupiter. The age on the lines of Fate, CHAPTER 22
Time From Hand
(Fig. 45)
T should be borne in mind that the exact date or probabic date or month of an event is not possible to be predicted simply from the hand, unless the palmist takes the help of some other system. Though the hand has been classified into certain types, every hand is unique in shape, consistency, texture and colour. As no thumb-impression is alike in billions of hands, no two hands are alike, and so it becomes difficult to fix the position for a definite age on the hand.
Eminent palmists like Cheiro and Benham have given different systems of calculating time from the lines of hand, but all are of the opinion that the place where the Fate Line cuts the Head line shows the age of about 35 and where it cuts the Heart line the probable age is 56, on a normal, square hand.
Some adjustment is required if the hand is very long, spatulate of psychic. If there is no Fate Line, an imaginary Fate Line has to be drawn.
Some palmists have taken the maximum average age at 70, some 90 and others 100. I consider the maximum average age of 90 to be nearer the mark in the present time, when medical science and aid have progressed and several diseases, like smallpox and tuberculosis, are eliminated. The age on the lines given in Fig. 45 has been calculated on this basis. The age on the lines of Head and Life are to be read from the commencement from the side of thumb downwards. The age from the Heart line should be read from its commencement from the left side of the palm on the mount of Mercury towards the mount of Jupiter. The age on the lines of Fate, Time from Hand 189
Sun and Health to be counted from the bottom of the palm
(rascette) towards the fingers. I find that the age of marriage is not always correctly ascertainable from the distance between the line of Marriage and the line of Heart, i.e., if the marriage line is nearer to the Heart line. If the distance is more and the marriage line is nearer to the finger of Mercury, the marriage will be late according to the distance from the Heart line. The age can be better ascertained from an ¢xamina-
tion of the Fate line and Influence line(s) joining it from the mount of Moon or from the plain of Mars. In this connection, readers are requested to read about the line of Marriage described elsewhere in this book.
It may be noted that insignificant events are not marked on the hand and it is not possible to read age on minor lines.
William G Benham in his book, Laws of Scientific Hand-
Reading, has given a method to find out the present age of the subject by pressing hard the Life line from upward to down-
ward, when for a second a white spot appears and this is the present age of the subject whose hand is under examination, provided the temperature of the room is neither very hot nor very cold and the subject is healthy.
If a point is fixed in the middle of the mount of Venus and two lines are drawn therefrom, one line touching the end of the mount of Mercury on the side of the Mercury finger and the other line touching the end of the mount of Moon on the side of the percussion near the wrist, the first line will show the age of 35 and second line the age of 65 where it crosses the Life line. A line exactly in the middle of the two will show 50 years. The age from other points on the line can be ascertained from these three fixed points. Unless the palm is very large or very small, the above points are generally found correct.
Age on the Fate line is shown at 20, where the third line from the central point on the mount of Venus goes to the end of the mount of Moon. Where it crosses the Head line, the age of 35 is to be taken with minor adjustments due to the position (i.e., slanting, straight, etc.) of the Head line. Where the Fate line crosses the Heart Line, the age of 56 is indicated.
The age on the Head line is calculated from top (mount of D LR Time from Hand 189
Sun and Health to be counted from the bottom of the palm
(rascette) towards the fingers. [ find that the age of marriage
15 not always correctly ascertainable from the distance between the line of Marriage and the line of Heart, ie., if the marriage line is nearer to the Heart line. If the distance is more and the marriage line is nearer to the finger of Mercury, the marriage will be late according to the distance from the Heart line. The age can be better ascertained from an examina-
tion of the Fate linc and Influence line(s) joining it from the mount of Moon or from the plain of Mars. In this connection, readers are requested to read about the line of Marriage described elsewhere in this book.
It may be noted that insignificant events are not marked on the hand and it is not possible to read age on minor lines, William G Benham in his book, Laws of Scientific Hand-
Reading, has given a method to find out the present age of the subject by pressing hard the Life line from upward to down-
ward, when for a second a white spot appears and this is the present age of the subject whose hand is under examination, provided the temperature of the room is neither very hot nor very cold and the subject is healthy.
If a point is fixed in the middle of the mount of Venus and
(wo lines are drawn therefrom, one line touching the end of the mount of Mercury on the side of the Mercury finger and the other line touching the end of the mount of Moon on the side of the percussion near the wrist, the first line will show the age of 35 and second line the age of 65 where it crosses the Life line. A line exactly in the middle of the two will show 50 years. The age from other points on the line can be ascertained from these three fixed points. Unless the palm is very large or very small, the above points are generally found correct.
Age on the Fate line is shown at 20, where the third line from the central point on the mount of Venus goes to the end of the mount of Moon. Where it crosses the Head line, the age of 35 is to be taken with minor adjustments due to the position (i.e., slanting, straight, etc.) of the Head line. Where the Fate line crosses the Heart Line, the age of 56 is indicated.
The age on the Head line is calculated from top (mount of
¥3
T I:M E
(Years on fingers and age on lines)
In the case of a man,.start from the
–
nail phalange of the fourth finger of i the right hand to count years. In the
”
case of a woman, start from the left and nail phalange of the fourth finger.
Fig. 45
190 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry TIME
(Years on fingers and age on lines)
In the case of a man,.start from the nail phalange of the fourth finger of the right hand to count years. In the case of a woman, start from the left and nail phalange of the fourth finger.
Fig. 45
Time from Hand 191
Jupiter or lower Mars) to the percussion of the prlm on the mount of upper Mars or Luna. The age on the Heart line is to be estimated beginning from the mount of Mercury to the mount of Jupiter.
Measurements on the Fate line are modified by the length of the hand but measurements on the Life Line are affected by the breadth of the palm.
One centimetre length on the Head line denotes about
10 years, and one centimetre length on the Heart Line denotes
12 years approximately—the length is to be measured by a thread and then adjusted to scale. Suitable reduction in years has to be made for any defect in any line.
It is found that space in the lines of Life, Heaa, Heart or Fate shows more years of life when any of these lines is nearing its end than a its beginning.
Corroboration of Dates of Events by other Methods Referring to the year of an event, the accuracy of time on the line at a particular point can be checked.
It is stated by Cheiro that every ninth year of one’s life has some important event. If a person is born on 7th of any month, his important years will be 7, 16, 25, 34, 43, 52, 61, etc. It is better to convert the full date of birth into destiny number to achieve more approximate years. Suppose a person is born on 27/9-8-1913/5 his destiny number is 4
(9+8-+5=22==4), (and all the figures of his birth, i.e., date, month and year) each digit represents a planet as under:
Sun 1, Moon 2, Jupiter 3, Uranus 4, Mercury 5, Venus 6, Neptune 7, Saturn 8, Mars 9.
So, for a person having destiny number 4, any year, the total figures of which comes to 4, 2, 8 will be memorable and important for him.
There is yet another method, mentioned in Hast Sanjeevni.
There are three phalanges in each finger and thumb (including the mount of Venus–the base phalange of the thumb) and each phalange denotes one year. Each phalange of the fingers is beginning from the nail phalange oF the little finger of the right hand in case of man and ending on the third phalange of thumb, the mount of Venus, at 15.
Time from Hand 191
Jupiter or lower Mars) to the percussion of the prlm on the mount of upper Mars or Luna. The age on the Heart line is to be estimated beginning from the mount of Mercury to the mount of Jupiter.
Measurements on the Fate line are modified by the length of the hand but measurements on the Life Line are affected by the breadth of the palm.
One centimetre length on the Head line denotes about
10 years, and one centimetre length on the Heart Line denotes
12 years approximately—the length is to be measured by a thread and then adjusted to scale. Suitable reduction in years has to be made for any defect in any line.
It is found that space in the lines of Life, Heaa, Heart or Fate shows more years of life when any of these lines is nearing its end than a its beginning.
Corroboration of Dates of Events by other Methods Referring to the year of an svent, the accuracy of time on the line at a particular point can be checked.
It is stated by Cheiro that every ninth year of one’s life has some important event. If a person is born on 7th of any month, his important years will be 7, 16, 25, 34, 43, 52, 61, etc. It is better to convert the full date of birth into destiny number to achieve more approximate years. Suppose a person is born on 27/9-8-1913/5 his destiny number is 4
(94-8+5=22==4), (and all the figures of his birth, i.c., date, month and year) each digit represents a planet as under:
Sun 1, Moon 2, Jupiter 3, Uranus 4, Mercury 5, Venus 6, Neptune 7, Saturn 8, Mars 9.
So, for a person having destiny number 4, any year, the total figures of which comes to 4, 2, 8 will be memorable and important for him.
There is yet another method, mentioned in Hast Sanjeevni, There are three phalanges in each finger and thumb (including the mount of Venus–the base phalange of the thumb) and each phalange denotes one year. Each phalange of the fingers is beginning from the nail phalange oF the little finger of the right hand in case of man and ending on the third phalange of thumb, the mount of Venus, at 15.
192 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Then take up the left hand and repeat counting, ending on the third phalange of the thumb (the mount of Venus). This will cover a period of 30 years. This is repeated for a further 30
years and so on. In case of a woman, you have to start counting from the nail phalange of the fourth finger of her left hand and go to her right hand (Fig. 45). For the position of the year you want to know, the phalange pertaining to that year has to be examined carefully for any good signs (such as ascending or vertical lines). If such good signs are present, the year will be lucky but if the phalange is marked with a cross, cross-
lines, a star, a dot or an unfavourable sign, the year will cause worry, trouble and prove unlucky. Generally 29, 30, 34,
35, 37, 39, 40, 44, 45, 49 and 50 years of one’s life are found eventful.
With the help of the above method, the year of an event indicated on the lines can be confirmed to achieve accuracy.
Duration of Life The Life line does not give the age of a person as is commonly believed. It shows strength and weakness of physical organs, except the heart. This line is also called the line of Vitality. Its top portion denotes organs from head to trunk, middle portion lungs, stomach and small intestines, lower portion kidneys and large intestines. The condition and strength of the heart is judged from the Heart fine, which is correctly called Ayu Rekha (line of Life) in Indian palmistry.
It is not easy to calculate the age, from the lines of hand.
Telling of age is forbidden in Hindu Astrology. Many times astrologers make a mistake by telling the age or time of death.
This has a psychological effect on the mind of the person and one unnecessarily gets panicky and the period one has to live becomes miserable by the fear of death. A rough estimate can be foretold if the subject is old and has attained the age of 70
o0 that he devotes himself to spiritual side.
There are three main factors to be considered in determin-
ing the length of life or longevity of a person. First is heredity where the person is helpless, as he is unable to choose his parentag: or line of ancestors. The next factor to be conside-
‘red is ecological and environmental—including individual
192 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Then take up the left hand and repeat counting, ending on the third phalange of the thumb (the mount of Venus). This will cover a period of 30 years. This is repeated for a further 30
years and so on. In case of a woman, you have to start counting from the nail phalange of the fourth finger of her left hand and go to her right hand (Fig. 45). For the position of the year you want to know, the phalange pertaining to that year has to be examined carefully for any good signs (such as ascending or vertical lines). If such good signs are present, the year will be lucky but if the phalange is marked with a cross, cross-
lines, a star, a dot or an unfavourable sign, the year will cause worry, trouble and prove unlucky. Generally 29, 30, 34,
35, 37, 39, 40, 44, 45, 49 and 50 years of one’s life are found eventful.
With the help of the above method, the year of an event indicated on the lines can be confirmed to achieve accuracy.
Duration of Life The Life line does mot give the age of a person as is commonly believed. It shows strength and weakness of physical organs, except the heart. This line is also called the line of Vitality. Its top portion denotes organs from head to trunk, middle portion lungs, stomach and small intestines, lower portion kidneys and large intestines. The condition and strength of the heart is judged from the Heart line, which is correctly called Ayu Rekha (line of Life) in Indian palmistry.
It is not easy to calculate the age from the lines of hand.
Telling of age is forbidden in Hindu Astrology. Many times astrologers make a mistake by telling the age or time of death.
This has a psychological effect on the mind of the person and one unnecessarily gets panicky and the period one has to live becomes miserable by the fear of death. A rough estimate can be foretold if the subject is old and has attained the age of 70
0 that he devotes himself to spiritual side.
There are three main factors to be considered in determin-
ing the length of life or longevity of a person. First is heredity where the person is helpless, as he iz unable to choose his parentag: or line of ancestors. The next factor to be conside-
‘red is ecological and environmental—including individual Time from Hand 193
habits, way of living, activities, association, mental state and his present action as regards the maintenance and preservation of health. The third factor is the influence of the planets at the time of birth and the position of the planets at a particular period (Gochar).
All these factors are to be considered simultaneously. From the hand we can ascertain the hereditary and planetary influences on any individual concerned. His present efforts
(Karmas) are not ascertainable and, therefore, a palmist/
astrologer cannot make any precise judgment as regards the second important factor.
One grain (barley) denotes seven years period and one centimetre of the Life or Head line denotes 10 years —one centimetre of the Heart line denotes 12 years. All the lines are measured and divided by 3 to calculate the age roughly.
The length of the line is to be measured by a thread and then adjusted to scale. When a line is defective, the years of age are reduced suitably. If the Head line is joined to the Life Line, the measurement is made from the point where it separates from the Life line.
The length of each line will show at what age the line terminates. Calculate age from the lines of Life, Head, Heart, Health, Mars and Fate, separately. Add the number of years given by each line and divide the result by 4. This will give the approximate age of a person. Even when the lines of Health and Mars are not present, the result is to be divided by 4.
Years are to be reduced suitably if any defect is found in any of the lines.
There is yet another method. In this estimation, the value of each line is given to make the total life-span of 100 years.
While placing the value of each line, a suitable deduction is to be made from the value for any defect found on any line. If a line is absent, its value is not included in the estimate.
Estimated Years Line of Heart
=
20
Line of Head
=
15
Line of Life
=
20
Line of Health
=
10
Clo
65
Time from Hand 193
habits, way of living, activities, association, mental state and his present action as regards the maintenance and preservation of health. The third factor is the influence of the planets at the time of birth and the position of the planets at a particular period (Gochar).
All these factors are to be considered simultaneously. From the hand we can ascertain the hereditary and planetary influences on any individual concerned. His present efforts
(Karmas) are not ascertainable and, therefore, a palmist/
astrologer cannot make any precise judgment as regards the second important factor.
One grain (barley) denotes seven years period and one centimetre of the Life or Head line denotes 10 years —one centimetre of the Heart line denotes 12 years. All the lines are measured and divided by 3 to calculate the age roughly.
The length of the line is to be measured by a thread and then adjusted to scale. When a line is defective, the years of age are reduced suitably. 1f the Head line is joined to the Life Line, the measurement is made from the point where it separates from the Life line.
The length of each line will show at what age the line terminates. Calculate age from the lines of Life, Head, Heart, Health, Mars and Fate, separately. Add the number of years given by each line and divide the result by 4. This will give the approximate age of a person. Even when the lines of Health and Mars are not present, the result is to be divided by 4.
Years are to be reduced suitably if any defect is found in any of the lines.
There is yet another method. In this estimation, the value of each line is given to make the total life-span of 100 years.
While placing the value of each line, a suitable deduction is to be made from the value for any defect found on any line. If a line is absent, its value is not included in the estimate.
Estimated Years Line of Heart
=
20
Line of Head
=
15
Line of Life
=
20
Line of Health
=
10
e
———
Clo
65
194 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Blo
65
Line of Saturn (Fate) =
10
Line of Sun
=
7
Line of Mars
=
5
Bracelets
=
5
Girdle of Venus
=
3
Lines of Travel sz
2
Others
=
3
100
After middle age, the span of life can be estimated by counting the creases on each of the joints of fingers and the thumb of the right hand and then multiplying the total number by 3.
Age is also ascertained from the line in the inner side of the first joint of the thumb. It is calculated from right to left.
If the line is complete from one end to the other, the subject enjoys the full age of 90 years (Fig. 12).
The lines on the outer skin of the first joint of the thumb also give some clue to the age and different stages of lif¢. The first line denotes childhood up to 15 years of age, the second is youth up to 30 years, the third is married life up to 50 years and the last line (fourth) denotes old age up to 90 years. The condition of each line will tell the condition of life during that period. If all lines are present, the person may live up to
90-100 years. If any one line is defective, that period of life is troublesome. If all the three lines are not present, the age is reduced accordingly. But these outer lines are not marked on a knotty joint of the thumb in all cases.
One bracelet on the rascette represents the age of 30 years.
If two bracelets are present, the age may be 60 years, and, in case of three, it may go up to 90 years.
The probable age can also be ascertained by one’s own finger length:
90 own finger-lengths of height of a person give 30 years duration of life; 91 finger-lengths give 35 years; 92 finger-
lengths give 40 years, and so on. For each finger-length, a period of 5 years is added; 104 finger-lengths of height will give an age cf 100 years.
When the Fate line bifurcates at the start between the
194 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Blo
65
Line of Saturn (Fate) =
10
Line of Sun o=
£
Line of Mars
=
5
Bracelets
=
5
Girdle of Venus
=
3
Lines of Travel
=
2
Others
==
3
100
After middle age, the span of life can be estimated by counting the creases on each of the joints of fingers and the thumb of the right hand and then multiplying the total number by 3.
Age is also ascertained from the line in the inner side of the first joint of the thumb. It is calculated from right to left.
If the line is complete from one end to the other, the subject enjoys the full age of 90 years (Fig. 12).
The lines on the outer skin of the first joint of the thumb also give some clue to the age and different stages of lif¢. The first line denotes childhood up to 15 years of age, the second is youth up to 30 years, the third is married life up to 50 years and the last line (fourth) denotes old age up to 90 years. The condition of each line will tell the condition of life during that period. If all lines are present, the person may live up to
90-100 years. If any one line is defective, that period of life is troublesome. If all the three lines are not present, the age is reduced accordingly. But these outer lines are not marked on a knotty joint of the thumb in all cases.
One bracelet on the rascette represents the age of 30 years.
If two bracelets are present, the age may be 60 years, and, in case of three, it may go up to 90 years.
The probable age can also be ascertained by one’s own finger length:
90 own finger-lengths of height of a person give 30 years duration of life; 91 finger-lengths give 35 years; 92 finger-
lengths give 40 years, and so on. For each finger-length, a period of 5 years is added; 104 finger-lengths of height will give an age cf 100 years.
When the Fate line bifurcates at the start between the
–
e .y
. T s
& R S Time from Hand 195
mounts of Venus and Moon and one long branch goes to the mount of Venus, the person will die among his relatives. If the branch which goes towards the mount of Luna is longer, one may die in a foreign land or away from one’s place of birth.
Similar results can be predicted if the Life line ends in a fork at the end. If one branch goes towards the thumb, death will occur at his own place of birth and if the downward branch is longer and reaches the mount of Moon, it will occur in a distaat land or place from the place of birth or the country of birth.
Some Signs of the Approaching End of Life Indications
(1) When there is an abrupt change, without any reason, in the attitude of a person, viz., a hot-tempered person becomes very soft and polite
(2) Polar star is not visible at night
(3) Reflection is not visible in water, oil or ghee
(4) Reflection is not visible in mirror
(5) While breathing, the abdomen does not move or eyes become motionless
(6) No colour or redness is visible when the palm is put before a source of light
(7) When the thumb falls upon the palm as if there is no strength
(8) A snake-bitten person, or unconscious due to inhalation of poisonous gas or drug
(9) There is a sign of a crow’s paw or lots of hair on the forehead OR The third and the fourth fingers of the right foot are equal
(10) Broken lines are seen on the forehead and the lines go down towards the nose
(11) The ears are long, the chin is big and protruding, one crease on the neck, long Expectancy of life One year
40 days
7 days
1 day A few hours Dead Imminent Doubtful Short life Short life Short life Time from Hand 193
mounts of Venus and Moon and one long branch goes to the mount of Venus, the person will die among his relatives. If the branch which goes towards the mount of Luna is longer, one may die in a foreign land or away from one’s place of birth.
Similar results can be predicted if the Life line ends in a fork at the end. If one branch goes towards the thumb, death will occur at his own place of birth and if the downward branch is longer and reaches the mount of Moon, it will occur in a distant land or place from the place of birth or the country of birth.
Some Signs of the Approaching End of Life Indications Expectancy of life
(1) When there is an abrupt change, without any reason, in the attitude of a person, viz., a hot-tempered person becomes very soft and polite One year
(2) Polar star is not visible at night
40 days
(3) Reflection is not visible in water, oil or ghee
7 days
(4) Reflection is not visible in mirror
! day
(5) While breathing, the abdomen does not move or eyes become motionless A few hours
(6) No colour or redness is visible when the palm is put before a source of light Dead
(7) When the thumb falls upon the palm as if there is no strength Imminent
(8) A snake-bitten person, or unconscious due to inhalation of poisonous gas or drug Doubtful
(9) There is a sign of a crow’s paw or [ots of hair on the forehead Short life OR The third and the fourth fingers of the right foot are equal Short life
(10) Broken lines are seen on the forehead and the lines go down towards the nose Short life
(11) The ears are long, the chin is big and protruding, one crease on the neck, long
196 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Indications face and big eyes, wide mouth, strong thighs and the Fate line has 4 branches at the start
(12) The lines of Life, Head and Heart are joined together at the start in both the hands
(13) The Life line stops suddenly and there is
.
across on the Head Line at that age
(14) The fading of the Life line
(15) The Life line ends in a fork and both the branches of the fork are wide apart, or the fork having three prongs at the end of the Life line
(16) The middle prong of the fork in the Life line in the above case going further
(17) The Life line ending in a cross, bar, star or cut by two short, standing parallel lines
(18) A fine line separated from the Life line and ending on the mount of Mars
(19) One short, downward line on the joints of all the fingers
(20) A star or cross on the mount of Moon, particularly on the line of travel, wavy cross-lines on the first phalange of all the fingers
(21) A line from rescette going towards the mount of Moon and ending in a star
(22) When the tip of the tongue or the centre of the eyebrows or the nose is not visible or when no sound is heard while both the ears are closed.
(23) After a bath, if the chest, hands and the feet become dry before even the use of a towel
(24) 1f the senses of smell, taste, sight hearing and touch stop working Expectancy of life Long life Sudden end Sudden end Waning of vitality Loss of vitality Will survive Nearing the end Short life Short life Death by drowning Death by drowning Death at early date Death within
10 days Death within
3 months
196 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Indications face and big eyes, wide mouth, strong thighs and the Fate line has 4 branches at the start
(12) The lines of Life, Head and Heart are joined together at the start in both the hands
(13) The Life line stops suddenly and there is
_
across on the Head Line at that age
(14) The fading of the Life line
(15) The Life line ends in a fork and both the branches of the fork are wide apart, or the fork having three prongs at the end of the Life line
(16) The middle prong of the fork in the Life line in the above case going further
(17) The Life line ending in a cross, bar, star or cut by two short, standing parallel lines
(18) A fine line separated from the Life line and ending on the mount of Mars
(19) One short, downward line on the joints of all the fingers
(20) A star or cross on the mount of Moon, particularly on the line of travel, wavy cross-lines. on the first phalange of all the fingers
(21) A line from rescette going towards the mount of Moon and ending in a star
(22) When the tip of the tongue or the centre of the eyebrows or the nose is not visible or when no sound is heard while both the ears are closed.
(23) After a bath, if the chest, hands and the feet become dry before even the use of a towel
(24) If the senses of smell, taste, sight hearing and touch stop working Expectancy of life Long life Sudden end Sudden end Waning of vitality Loss of vitality Will survive Nearing the end Short life Short life Death by drowning Death by drowning Death at early date Death within
10 days Death within
3 months
– .‘—A_-q;-_—-_-:-.’
o
._‘—-;”. – -J
–
Time from Hand 197
Indications
(25) If any of the main line of Life, Head or Heart is absent from both the hands
(26) A cross or star in the upper mount of Mars. A large cross in the centre of the big triangle. A star on the first and the second phalanges of the second finger in both the hands. A line from the qua-
drangle under the mount of Saturn cutting the Girdle of Venus
(27) A line from the mount of Saturn cutting the Life line
(28) Grille on the upper mount of Mars, cross in the middle of the Head line, one short, downward line on the joints of all fingers Expectancy of life Fatality Death by assassination Death from accident or operation Sudden death NOTE : A person does not die on the day and the tirfie of his birth.
Time from Hand 197
Indications
(25) If any of the main line of Life, Head or Heart is absent from both the hands
(26) A cross or star in the upper mount of Mars. A large cross in the centre of the big triangle. A star on the first and the second phalanges of the second finger in both the hands. A line from the qua-
drangle under the mount of Saturn cutting the Girdle of Venus
(27) A line from the mount of Saturn cutting the Life line
(28) Grille on the upper mount of Mars, cross in the middle of the Head line, one short, downward line on the joints of all fingers Expectancy of life Fatality Death by assassination Death from accident or operation Sudden death NOTE : A person does not die on the day and the tifne of his birth.
CHAPTER 23
The Judgment of Personality RIMINALS have some inborn defects in their hands or
|
lines, but circumstances, their upbringing, education and company play an important role in correcting or converting them into actual anti-socials or criminals. It is already explain-
ed elsewhere in the book that one can improve and modify the adverse markings on one’s palm, to the extent of the strength of one’s will and the invocation of the Divine Grace.
I give below some signs, indications and formations giving clues to a person’s character as a general guide:
(a)
If the fingers are flexible but the thumb is stifl and straight, the person can give without much attachment.
If the thumb is flexible and the fingers are stiff, one will give emotional and verbal sympathics but not any material benefit.
(b)
If the finger of Jupiter is long, but the mount of Jupiter depressed, the person has a false sense of superiority. If the Jupiter finger is crooked or badly formed, it will show
:
an anti-social tendency.
(¢c)
The third finger (Sun finger), when slightly ionger than the first, creates a balance between ambition and sclf-
contentment. When crooked or ill-formed, it shows lack of nobility.
(d)
When the little finger is crooked and leans towards the third finger, the person is a liar. When the ring finger and the middle finger bend towards each other, the person becomes irresponsible. When the middle finger is crooked CHAPTER 23
The Judgment of Personality RIMINALS have some inborn defects in their hands or lines, but circumistances, their upbringing, education and company play an important role in correcting or converting them into actual anti-socials or criminals. It is already explain-
ed elsewhere in the book that one can improve and modify the adverse markings on one’s palm, to the extent of the strength of one’s will and the invocation of the Divine Grace.
I give below some signs, indications and formations giving clues to a person’s character as a general guide:
(a)
If the fingers are flexible but the thumb is stifl and straight, the person can give without much attachment.
If the thumb is flexible and the fingers are stiff, one will give cmotional and verbal sympathics but not any material benefit.
(b)
If the finger of Jupiter is long, but the mount of Jupiter depressed, the person has a false sense of superiority. If the Jupiter finger is crooked or badly formed, it will show an anti-social tendency.
(c)
The third finger (Sun finger), when shghtly longer than the first, creates a balance between ambition and scll-
contentment. When crooked or ill-formed, it shows lack of nobility.
(d)
When the little finger is crooked and leans towards the third finger, the person is a liar. When the ring finger and the middle finger bend towards each other, the person becomes irresponsible. When the middle finger is crooked S S M, B b e o
& e
=T, R e e Lanls
=
(e)
(f)
(2)
(h)
(j)
(k)
(1)
(m)
The Judgment of Personality 199
or ill-formed and its tip is not straight, a person becomes unbalanced in behaviour.
A short Heart Line shows a low-grale mentality.
A long thumb improves the sublimation of sentiments.
A person with thick hands and hard consistency will react violently to any provocative situation.
A supple thumb, rounded fingertips, the Head Line composed of islands, the Heart line chained and straight and a big island in the Health line are signs of loose morals and a flirtatious woman. Sex criminals have thick hands with soft consistency accompanied by other bad signs. A passionate person has thick hand with hard consistency.
Anti-social/criminal tendencies are sfown by the presence of a heavy thumb, coarse texture of skin, a raised Simian line, rayed and red-coloured mounts of Moon and Venus, soft palm, short nails, cross in the plain of Mars, the Head line knotted, absence of Fate or other lines going towards fingers from the base of the palm.
Jupitarian, Apollian and Venusian are not criminal types. The Saturnian is basically a criminal type. A Mercurian is on the border line of shrewdness and dishonesty. A Lunarian is susceptible to untruth and a Martian to violence.
A short, stiff, deformed or clubbed thumb, excess of whorls on fingers, a crooked little finger, other fingers crooked and or close to each other, stiff, coarse hands and skin, narrow quadrangle, palm longer than fingers, short space between the thumb and the first finger, the Head line defective under the mount of Saturn, short distance between the fingers and the Heart line—two or more of the above signs show criminal tendencies.
A cunning and unscrupulous person has the first finger small, the Heart line short and/or borken, a supple thumb, a girdle of Venus, and one or two thick lines from the mount of Venus to the mount of Moon, cutting the Life line, causing him emotional excitement.
A corrupt person has an ill-formed girdle of Venus in both the hands, and short or defective lines of Head and Heart.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
i g
(k)
(1)
(m)
The Judgment of Personality 199
or ill-formed and its tip is not straight, a person becomes unbalanced in behaviour.
A short Heart Line shows a low-grale mentality.
A long thumb improves the sublimation of sentiments.
A person with thick hands and hard consistency will react violently to any provocative situation.
A supple thumb, rounded fingertips, the Head Line composed of islands, the Heart line chained and straight and a big island in the Health line are signs of loose morals and a flirtatious woman. Sex criminals have thick hands with soft consistency accompanied by other bad signs. A passionate person has thick hand with hard consistency., Anti-social/criminal tendencies are spown by the presence of a heavy thumb, coarse texture of skin, a raised Simian line, rayed and red-coloured mounts of Moon and Venus, soft palm, short nails, cross in the plain of Mars, the Head line knotted, absence of Fate or other lines going towards fingers from the base of the palm.
Jupitarian, Apollian and Venusian are not criminal types. The Saturnian is basically a criminal type. A Mercurian is on the border line of shrewdness and dishonesty. A Lunarian is susceptible to untruth and a Martian to violence.
A short, stiff, deformed or clubbed thumb, excess of whorls on fingers, a crooked little finger, other fingers crooked and or close to each other, stiff, coarse hands and skin, narrow quadrangle, palm longer than fingers, short space between the thumb and the first finger, the Head line defective under the mount of Saturn, short distance between the fingers and the Heart line—two or more of the above signs show criminal tendencies.
A cunning and unscrupulous person has the first finger small, the Heart line short and/or borken, a supple thumb, a girdle of Venus, and one or two thick lines from the mount of Venus to the mount of Moon, cutting the Life line, causing him emotional excitement.
A corrupt person has an ill-formed girdle of Venus in both the hands, and short or defective lines of Head and Heart.
200 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
LA
)
(u)
A miser has a thumb close to the fingers, which are bent inward, and the quadrangle in the palm is narrow.
A violent person has a clubbed thumb, thick hard hands, raised mount of Mars, short lines of Head and Heart, and a large cross in the big triangle in the centre of the palm.
A tactful person has long fingers, with waist-like base phalanges and the second knots prominent. The finger of Saturn is long and straight. All the lines on the palm are good and faultless, and there is a triangle on the Life Line.
A homosexual generally has a girdle of Venus and a short, straight Heart line, supple thumb, long fingers but a short fiinger of Jupiter and the lines of Head and Life joined together in the beginning.
A benevolent person has soft hands, long nails and fingers, wide quadrangle in the palm and a good Heart line.
A thief has hard, thick, heavy hands, the first phalange of the thumb clubbed, the mounts of Venus and Mars raised, a cross in the big triangle in the centre of the palm and a star or grille on the mount of Mercury and/
or Mars.
A conventional type of person has hair on two lower phalanges of his fingers, stiff first phalange of the thumb, the Life line connected with the Head line at the start, the Heart line leaning towards the Head line and a narrow quadrangle.
A deceitful person has short and pale nails, logpg and thin fingers, the little finger crooked, a stooping Head line with a fork at the end and prominent mounts of Moon and Mercury.
e
? Y.
200
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
Sy
(u)
Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry A miser has a thumb close to the fingers, which are bent inward, and the quadrangle in the palm is narrow.
A violent person has a clubbed thumb, thick hard hands, raised mount of Mars, short lines of Head and Heart, and a large cross in the big triangle in the centre of the palm.
A tactful person has long fingers, with waist-like base phalanges and the second knots prominent. The finger of Saturn is long and straight. All the lines on the palm are good and faultless, and there 1s a triangle on the Life Line.
A homosexual generally has a girdle of Venus and a short, straight Heart line, supple thumb, long fingers but a short fiinger of Jupiter and the lines of Head and Life joined together in the beginning.
A benevolent person has soft hands, long nails and fingers, wide quadrangle in the palm and a good Heart line.
A thief has hard, thick, heavy hands, the first phalange of the thumb clubbed, the mounts of Venus and Mars raised, a cross in the big trianglc in the centre of the palm and a star or grille on the mount of Mercury and/
or Mars.
A conventional type of person has hair on two lower phalanges of his fingers, stiff first phalange of the thumb, the Life line connected with the Head line at the start, the Heart line leaning towards the Head line and a narrow quadrangle.
A deceitful person has short and pale nails, lopg and thin fingers, the little finger crooked, a stooping Head line with a fork at the end and prominent mounts of Moon and Mercury.
CHAPTER 24
Professions N India and, perhaps, in some other countries also, people often adopt a profession by the force of circumstances and not generally by choice, inclination or taste, as jobs are fewer in number than the number of candidates and there is keen competition on every front. A person has to earn a living and anything which comes to his hand has to be accepted. Only a lucky few can follow their natural inclination, taste or bent of mind. There are others who take to their hereditary profes-
sions.
In the fast developing and expanding world of today, professions have multiplied as science, technology and industry have opened up several new fields of work to people and there are many occupations coming under one class. An executive can bein business, government or bank service. The profession can be in law, medicine, or banking. So it is difficult to fix the profession exactly from a hand, but broad indications and inclinations of a person can be ascertained. No psychological tests can tell the predisposition of a child and one’s profession will not be seen in the hand as clearly as the actual inclination and inborn desire.
A person with a strong will can turn an uninteresting occupation into success by his continuous efforts and perse-
verance. But if the same amount of energy is spent on an occupation of his choice, he can achieve better results by lesser efforts.
The aid of palmistry can be utilized for determining a profes-
sion by the judgment of the type of hands, mounts, texture CHAPTER 24
Professions N India and, perhaps, in some other countries also, peoplc often adopt a profession by the force of circumstances and not generally by choice, inclination or taste, as jobs are fewer in number than the number of candidates and there is keen competition on every front. A person has to earn a living and anything which comes to his hand has to be accepted. Only a lucky few can follow their natural inclination, taste or bent of mind. There are others who take to their hereditary profes-
sions.
In the fast developing and expanding world of today, professions have multiplied as science, technology and industry have opened up several new fields of work to people and there are many occupations coming under one class. An executive can bein business, government or bank service. The profession can be in law, medicine, or banking. So it is difficult to fix the profession exactly from a hand, but broad indications and inclinations of a person can be ascertained. No psychological tests can tell the predisposition of a child and one’s profession will not be seen in the hand as clearly as the actual inclination and inborn desire.
A person with a strong will can turn an uninteresting occupation into success by his continuous efforts and perse-
verance. But if the same amount of energy is spent on an occupation of his choice, he can achieve better results by lesser efforts.
The aid of palmistry can be utilized for determining a profes-
sion by the judgment of the type of hands, mounts, texture R
=
S TRy TR g T
202 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry and colour of skin, consistency of skin, consistency of hand, type of fingers (short, long, knotty, smooth, square, spatulate, conic, pointed, etc.). Whether a thumb is stiff, supple, low-set or high-set, long or short, length and shape of its phalanges, and similarly the length and shape of other fingers—all these factors are to be considered with the examination °f the lines of Life, Head, Heart, Fate and Sun to arrive at a conclusion.
Readers are referred to the chapters on the mounts and the types of hands on the basis of the dominating planet in one’s life. In actual life, we hardly find a pure Jupiterian or Satur-
nian, or Apollonian, etc. A person is composed of two or three or more types, i.e., he has the influence of more than one planet in his life. The other planet adds its qualities and modifies the qualities of the other planet represented by the mount on his hand. When two mounts are equally developed, the qualities of both are combined.
Technical education generally begins after 18, up to which age a child gets liberal education common to all. By that age, the child is able to understand and express his inclination and taste, which can be compared with his hand to select his most suitable vocation.
In ail cases, the lines and mounts on the hand should be normally developed and good. Some signs are common to all
_, successful people in any trade or profession—for example, a
|
low-set, large and well-shaped thumb, which opens fuilly, faultless lines of Life, Head, Heart, Fate and Sun on the palm
3
with other good signs. It is not necessary that all the signs for a particular occupation, mentioned in the following pages, are always found on the hand. Some signs, however, are prominent, Persons with broad and firm hands with square or spatulate fingers and a well-formed Head line are suited for outdoor life, e.g., engineers, sailors, sportsmen or military personnel.
Persons with longer fingers than the palm or equal to the palm are fit for mental work. They have soft hands and sometimes pointed fingers. Occasionally, a person follows two occupations at a time, having such built-up and versatility. In case of a versatile genius, he can follow many interests, as his mounts are all well-proportioned and good and the lines are fine and faultless.
[
202
Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry and colour of skin, consistency of skin, consistency of hand, type of fingers (short, long, knotty, smooth, square, spatulate.
conic, pointed, etc.). Whether a thumb is stiff, supple, low-set or high-set, long or short, length and shape of its phalanges.
and similarly the length and shape of other fingers—all these factors are to be considered with the examination °f the lines of Life, Head, Heart, Fate and Sun to arrive at a conclusion.
Readers are referred to the chapters on the mounts and the types of hands on the basis of the dominating planet in one’s life. In actual life, we hardly find a pure Jupiterian or Satur-
nian, or Apollonian, etc. A person is composed of two or three or more types, i.e., he has the influence of more than one planet in his life. The other planet adds its qualities and modifies the qualities of the other planet represented by the mount on his hand. When two mounts are equally developed, the qualities of both are combined.
Technical education generally begins after 18, up to which age a child gets liberal education common to all. By that age, the child is able to understand and express his inclination and taste, which can be compared with his hand to select his most suitable vocation.
In all cases, the lines and mounts on the hand should be normally developed and good. Some signs are common to all successful people in any trade or profession—for example, a low-set, large and well-shaped thumb, which opens fully, faultless lines of Life, Head, Heart, Fate and Sun on the palm with other good signs. It is not necessary that all the signs for a particular occupation, mentioned in the following pages, are always found on the hand. Some signs, however, are prominent.
Persons with broad and firm hands with square or spatulate fingers and a well-formed Head line are suited for outdoor life, e.g., engineers, sailors, sportsmen or military personnel.
Persons with longer fingers than the palm or equal to the palm are fit for mental work. They have soft hands and sometimes pointed fingers. Occasionally, a person follows two occupations at a time, having such built-up and versatility. In case of a versatile genius, he can follow many interests, as his mounts are all well-proportioned and good and the lines are fine and faultless.
T i e e s e T Professions 203
Actor or Dramatist The mounts of Venus, Sun, Mercury, Moon and Jupiter are well-formed. The mount of Saturn is leaning towards the mount of Sun. The lines are clear and bright. A line of Sun is present. There is a flag sign on the mount of Jupiter.
-.
The finger and the mount of Sun are prominent and the
|
Sun finger has a spatulate tip. The fingers are smooth, long
{
and flexible, and the palm is shorter than the fingers. The shape of the finger-tips will decide the role the person is likely to choose as an actor. The Head line is sloping towards the mount of Moon. There isa clear fine girdle of Venus going from the mount of Jupiter to the mount of Mercury.
A line of Sun goes to the mount of Sun from the base of the palm. There is a triangle on the mount of Venus. The Head line has branches and one branch may go to the mount of Mercury. A line from the mount of upper Mars ends on the mount of Sun.
–
Agriculturist The hand is square, thick and hard. The fingers are thick I with square tips. The lines on the hand are broad and few. The Fate line, if present, is thick. The mount of Mars is raised or the line of Mars is present. The second finger and its second phalange are both long. The fourth finger does not lean towards the third.
A person with his middle finger prominent, i.c., long, straight and well-formed, can deal in landed property, coal and heavy material.
;
If the Fate line ends near the Life line, his land is on a height and the ownership is disputed.
Army Personnel M’
The hand is large with the mount of positive Mars raised.
;
The fingers are thick and of normal length with square or i‘
spatulate tips and long third phalange. The thumb stands
|
straight with the first phalange developed. There is a little space
;
between the lines of Head and Life at the beginning, i.e., both Professions 203
Actor or Dramatist The mounts of Venus, Sun, Mercury, Moon and Jupiter are well-formed. The mount of Saturn is leaning towards the mount of Sun. The lines are clear and bright. A line of Sun is present. There is a flag sign on the mount of Jupiter.
The finger and the mount of Sun are prominent and the Sun finger has a spatulate tip. The fingers are smooth, long and flexible, and the palm is shorter than the fingers. The shape of the finger-tips will decide the role the person is likely to choose as an actor. The Head line is sloping towards the mount of Moon. There is a clear fine girdle of Venus going from the mount of Jupiter to the mount of Mercury.
A line of Sun goes to the mount of Sun from the base of the palm. There is a triangle on the mount of Venus. The Head line has branches and one branch may go to the mount of Mercury. A line from the mount of upper Mars ends on the mount of Sun.
Agriculturist The hand s square, thick and hard. The fingers are thick with square tips. The lines on the hand are broad and few. The Fate line, if present, is thick. The mount of Mars is raised or the line of Mars is present. The second finger and its second phalange are both long. The fourth finger does not lean towards the third.
A person with his middle finger prominent, i.c., long, straight and well-formed, can deal in landed property, coal and heavy material.
If the Fate line ends near the Life line, his land ison a height and the ownership is disputed.
Army Personnel The hand is large with the mount of positive Mars raised.
The fingers are thick and of normal length with square or spatulate tips and long third phalange. The thumb stands straight with the first phalange developed. There is a little space between the lines of Head and Life at the beginning, i.e., both
204 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry the lines are separated. The line of Mars inside the Life line is present. If there is a triengle between the lines of Life and Fate on the plain of Mars, the person will rise high in military service. A straight, deep line on the third phalange of the second finger and a star or a triangle on the mounts of Mars are good signs.
If the mounts of negative and positive Mars and Mercury are strong, the knots of fingers are developed, palm is broad and the third finger nearing the second, the person can excel as an air-pilot. If the mounts of Venus, Mars and Moon are good and there is a star on the mount of Moon, he can be in the Navy.
Architect The mounts of Venus, Mercury and Sun are well-formed.
The second phalange of the thumb is long. The nails are square. The first phalanges of the fingers are long. The Head line is straight and faultless.
|
Artist (Painter)
The mounts of Moon, Jupiter and Sun are developed. The palm is Jong and broad. The fingers are smooth and pointed and the thumb is large. The Sun finger is longer than the first
.
finger and its first phalange is longer than the other two i’_
phalanges. The Sun line is present and starts from the Life
|
lihe generally. The hand is otherwise good. The lines of Life
4
and Head are joined or are close to each other at start. A line i from the Head line goes to the mount of Sun.
An artist will paint pictures according to the prominent mount in his hand, i.e., if the mount of Jupiter is developed, he will paint human figures, if the mount of Saturn is prominent, he will paint natural scenery. If the mounts of Venus and Sun are very good, he will paint flowers.
Astrologer or Palmist The Head line is long and clear. The fingers are long and
204 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry the lines are separated. The line of Mars inside the Life line is present. If there is a trirngle between the lines of Life and Fate on the plain of Mars, the person will rise high in military service. A straight, deep line on the third phalange of the second finger and a star or a triangle on the mounts of Mars are good signs.
If the mounts of negative and positive Mars and Mercury are strong, the knots of fingers are developed. palm is broad and the third finger nearing the second, the person can excel as an air-pilot. If the mounts of Venus, Mars and Moon are good and there is a star on the mount of Moon, he can be in the Navy.
Architect The mounts of Venus, Mercury and Sun are well-formed.
The second phalange of the thumb is long. The nails are square. The first phalanges of the fingers are long. The Head line is straight and faultless.
Artist (Painter)
The mounts of Moon, Jupiter and Sun are developed. The palm is Jong and broad. The fingers are smooth and pointed and the thumb is large. The Sun finger is longer than the first finger and its first phalange is longer than the other two phalanges. The Sun line is present and starts from the Life lihe generally. The hand is otherwise good. The lines of Life and Head are joined or are close to each other at start. A line from the Head line goes to the mount of Sun.
An artist will paint pictures according to the prominent mount in his hand, i.e., if the mount of Jupiter is developed, he will paint human figures, if the mount of Saturn is prominent, he will paint natural scenery. If the mounts of Venus and Sun are very good, he will paint flowers.
Astrologer or Palmist The Head line is long and clear. The fingers are long and Professions 205
generally have square tips. The second phalanges of the thumb and the fingers are longer than the other two. The palms are bony. A Mystic cross is present between the guadrangle. A triangle on the Head line and a big triangle in the palm are also visible.
Author or Poet The kind of subject and the subject on which a person will write depends on his attitude and inclination shown by his hand, lines on the palm and the tips of his fingers.
A good mount of Jupiter gives the person insight into truth.
A good mount of Sun helps in a good expression of*feelings.
A good mount of Venus makes him express sentiments.
A good, clear, uncut girdle of Venus makes a person a poet of natural beauty.
If the Head line goes towards the mount of Moon and the Sun line is present, the subject has poetic inclination. If a line from the Head line moves to the mount of Sun, along with the Sun line, and reaches the first phalange of the Sun finger, the person is a born poet.
A good poet has the mounts of Moon and Venus well-
formed, there is a sister line to the Head line and his fingers are smooth, long, thin and pointed. The nails on the fingers of Jupiter and Mercury are small and square.
If a line from the Life line goes to the mount of Mercury and one more line goes to the mount of Jupiter from the same line, the person will be a famous journalist. A literary critic will have top joints of his fingers knotted and short nails.
Businessman The hand is broad and well-shaped. He has well-formed lines of Head, Fate and Sun. In successful cases, the Fate line runs to the mount of Jupiter and at least two fingers are evenly set on the palm, i.e., are in a straight line. The palm is elastic, broad and the little finger is long and spatulated and lts second phalange is longer than the other two.
The mounts of Jupiter and Mercury are prominent with an apex in the centre. The fingers are generally longer than the
‘g4
Professions 205
generally have square tips. The second phalanges of the thumb and the fingers are Jonger than the other two. The palms are bony. A Mystic cross is present between the quadrangle. A triangle on the Head line and a big triangle in the palm are also visible.
Author or Poet The kind of subject and the subject on which a person will write depends on his attitude and inclination shown by his hand, lines on the palm and the tips of his fingers.
A good mount of Jupiter gives the person insight into truth.
A good mount of Sun helps in a good expression of*feelings.
A good mount of Venus makes him express sentiments.
A good, clear, uncut girdle of Venus makes a person a poet of natural beauty.
If the Head line goes towards the mount of Moon and the Sun line is present, the subject has poetic inclination. If a line from the Head line moves to the mount of Sun, along with the Sun line, and reaches the first phalange of the Sun finger, the person is a born poet.
A good poet has the mounts of Moon and Venus well-
formed, there is a sister line to the Head line and his fingers are smooth, long, thin and pointed. The nails on the fingers of Jupiter and Mercury are small and square.
If a line from the Life line goes to the mount of Mercury and one more line goes to the mount of Jupiter from the same line, the person will be a famous journalist. A literary critic will have top joints of his fingers knotted and short nails.
Businessman The hand is broad and well-shaped. He has well-formed lines of Head, Fate and Sun. In successful cases, the Fate line runs to the mount of Jupiter and at least two fingers are evenly set on the palm, i.e, are in a straight line. The palm is elastic, broad and the little finger is long and spatulated and its second phalange is longer than the other two.
The mounts of Jupiter and Mercury are prominent with an apex in the centre. The fingers are generally longer than the o s i
— s
.4
(=N
206 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry palm and the second knots of the fingers are prominent. The tips of the fingers are square, and there are circles on the first phalange of the third and the fourth fingers. The third finger is generally long. A branch from the Fate line goes to the mount of Mercury.
If the mount of Mars is developed, the line of Mars is com-
plete, the middle finger is long, and the Fate line is thick, the person benefits from trade in fruits and flowers.
Dancer Besides other good signs on the hand, the fingers are straight and conic. There is a sign of Yuy and more than one straight line at the root of the thumb. A line from the mount of Venus goes to the mount of Jupiter.
Devotee The mounts of Jupiter, Moon, Saturn, Sun and Venus are well-formed. There is the sign of a Swastika on the palm, or the sign of a trident on the mount of Saturn on the Fate line reaching there from the palm. Three main lines of Life, Head and Heart are long and deep.
Doctor The mount of Luna is strong and has vertical lines thereon.
The fingers are long and their lower joints are knotty. The quadrangle is large, and there is a star on the mount of Sun.
Two vertical lines appear on the third phalange of the fourth finger. If the Mercury and Sun fingers have small and square nails, a good physician can be predicted.
If the finger-tips have fleshy pads inside, the hand is firm, the fingers are small and the little finger is slightly curved, or if there are three or four small vertical lines on the mount of Mercury, with a long finger of Mercury and its longer second phalange, strong thumb and other fingers long, the person becomes an eminent surgeon.
With some of the indications mentioned above and a T TR T T RE—S—=
–
=
206 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry palm and the second knots of the fingers are prominent. The tips of the fingers are square, and there are circles on the first phalange of the third and the fourth fingers. The third finger is generally long. A branch from the Fate line goes to the mount of Mercury.
If the mount of Mars is developed, the line of Mars is com-
plete, the middle finger is long, and the Fate line is thick, the person benefits from trade in fruits and flowers.
Dancer Besides other good signs on the hand, the fingers are straight and conic. There is a sign of Yuv and more than one straight line at the root of the thumb. A line from the mount of Venus goes to the mount of Jupiter.
Devotee The mounts of Jupiter, Moon, Saturn, Sun and Venus are well-formed. There is the sign of a Swastika on the palm, or the sign of a trident on the mount of Saturn on the Fate line reaching there from the palm. Three main lines of Life, Head and Heart are long and deep.
Doctor The mount of Luna is strong and has vertical lines thereon.
The fingers are long and their lower joints are knotty. The quadrangle is large, and there is a star on the mount of Sun.
Two vertical lines appear on the third phalange of the fourth finger. If the Mercury and Sun fingers have small and square nails, a good physician can be predicted.
If the finger-tips have fleshy pads inside, the hand is firm, the fingers are small and the little finger is slightly curved, or if there are three or four small vertical lines on the mount of Mercury, with a long finger of Mercury and its longer second phalange, strong thumb and other fingers long, the person becomes an eminent surgeon.
With some of the indications mentioned above and a Professions 207
prominent mount of Mars, the person can be a good dentist or a veterinary surgeon.
Engineer The palm is large and square. The fingers are long and knotty. The tip of the Mercury finger is spatulate or circular.
The mounts of Mercury and Jupiter are well-formed with good signs. The Head Line is straight, fine and without defect. The thumb is long and reaches the second phalange of the first finger. The third finger leans towards the fourth.
An e¢lectrical engineer has good mounts of Saturn, Mars and Venus, a good Fate line and a circle on the mount of Sun or plus signs on the mounts of Mars and Venus.
Inventor The palm is elastic, nails are short, first joints of the fingers are knotted, the thumb and the fourth finger are long and well-
formed. The mounts of Sun and Mercury are very good with fingers straight and long. The Head line is somewhat sloping with a triple fork at the termination. The palm is equal to the fingers in length. The tips of the fingers are spatulate and a Line of Intuition is present.
Journalist The mounts of Moon and Venus are well-developed and fine. A line from the Fate Line goes to the Mount of Mercury and the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Moon and has branches. A line from the Life Line goes to the mount of Mercury and another line to the mount of Jupiter. The thumb is long, fingers are soft and nails small. The Sun Line is pre-
sent and has tassels on termination. There is a star on the mount of Mercury.
Judge The Head Line is fine and faultless. The fingers are long Professions 207
prominent mount of Mars, the person can be a good dentist or a veterinary surgeon.
Engineer The palm is large and square. The fingers are long and knotty. The tip of the Mercury finger is spatulate or circular.
The mounts of Mercury and Jupiter are well-formed with good signs. The Head Line is straight, fine and without defect. The thumb is long and reaches the second phalange of the first finger. The third finger leans towards the fourth.
An c¢lectrical engineer has good mounts of Saturn, Mars and Venus, a good Fate line and a circle on the mount of Sun or plus signs on the mounts of Mars and Venus.
Inventor The palm is elastic, nails are short, first joints of the fingers are knotted, the thumb and the fourth finger are long and well-
formed. The mounts of Sun and Mercury are very good with fingers straight and long. The Head line is somewhat sloping with a triple fork at the termination, The palm is equal to the fingers in length. The tips of the fingers are spatulate and a Line of Intuition is present.
Journalist The mounts of Moon and Venus are well-developed and fine. A line from the Fate Line goes to the Mount of Mercury and the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Moon and has branches. A line from the Life Line goes to the mount of Mercury and another line to the mount of Jupiter. The thumb is long, fingers are soft and nails small. The Sun Line is pre-
sent and has tassels on termination. There is a star on the mount of Mercury.
Judge The Head Line is fine and faultless. The fingers are long
=8
208 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry and conic, quadrangle wide and the finger of Jupiter is longer than the finger of Sun. The mount of Sun is especially good.
Lawyer The Head Line is separate from the Life Line at the begin-
ning and forks at the end. The Head Line is good, defectless and goes to the upper mount of Mars. The Life Line starts from the mount of Jupiter. The nails are short, the palm is flat and the fourth finger is little curved and has a square nail, its tip turning to the third finger. The thumb is straight and, if its middle phalange is long, he practises criminal law. If the Head Line goes to the mount of Luna, he takes up civil cases generally. Both the mounts of Mars are developed and good, finger-tips are square and the fingers close to one another. If the Fate line goes to the mount of Jupiter, success and fame are assured.
Short nails make a person a critic. If the fourth finger is long, he is a good orator, and can express himself fluently in the court. He has knotted fingers, and is, therefore, methodi-
cal. If the mount of Mercury and the fourth finger are well-
formed, the person can become a judge, a professor or a banker.
Mathematician The palms are wide, dry, thin and hard. The fingers are long and knotted. The Head line is straight and long. The mount of Mercury and Saturn are prominent. The second phalanges of all the fingers are long, the thumb is supple, finger-tips are spatulate and the line of Sun is fine.
Musician The texture of the hand is fine. The lines of Sun and Head are well-formed and the mounts of Moon and Venus are deve-
loped. The fingers are smooth, straight and their tips are square,
_conic or spatulate which may affect the selection of the type of music. A composer of music also has the above signs, but
208 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry and conic, quadrangle wide and the finger of Jupiter is longer than the finger of Sun. The mount of Sun is especially good.
Lawyer The Head Line is separate from the Life Line at the begin-
ning and forks at the end. The Head Line is good, defectless and goes to the upper mount of Mars. The Life Line starts from the mount of Jupiter. The nails are short, the palm is flat and the fourth finger is little curved and has a square nail, its tip turning to the third finger. The thumb is straight and, if its middle phalange is long, he practises criminal law. If the Head Line goes to the mount of Luna, he takes up civil cases generally. Both the mounts of Mars are developed and good, finger-tips are square and the fingers close to one another. if the Fate line goes to the mount of Jupiter, success and fame are assured.
Short nails make a person a critic. If the fourth finger is long, he is a good orator, and can express himself fluently in the court. He has knotted fingers, and is, therefore, methodi-
cal. If the mount of Mercury and the fourth finger are well-
formed, the person can become a judge, a professor or a banker.
Mathematician The palms are wide, dry, thin and hard. The fingers are long and knotted. The Head line is straight and long. The mount of Mercury and Saturn are prominent. The second phalanges of all the fingers are long, the thumb is supple, finger-tips are spatulate and the line of Sun is fine.
Musician The texture of the hand is fine. The lines of Sun and Head are well-formed and the mounts of Moon and Venus are deve-
loped. The fingers are smooth, straight and their tips are square,
_conic or spatulate which may affect the selection of the type of music. A composer of music also has the above signs, but Professions 209
he also has his first and fourth fingers pointed and second and third spatulated.
If the Saturn finger is long and its mount developed, he plays on string instruments.
A vocalist has all the mounts, especially the mount of Venus, developed, with hands and fingers short and smooth, The fourth finger is soft and tender. There are many lines on the mount of Venus.
Nurse The mounts of Jupiter, Mercury and Venus are good, the palm is elastic, the fingers are long and knotty and there are two clear-cut vertical lines on the fourth finger.
Orator The lines of Life and Head are separated at the beginning by a little distance. The mounts of Jupiter, Sun and Mercury are well-developed. The finger of Mercury is straight, long and its tip is conical. The Head line is fine and slopes a little towards the mount of Moon, to add sentiments and feelings in the speech. The mount of Venus is also fine and evenly deve-
loped. There is a star on the third phalange of the finger of Mercury and a fine line from its second phalange goes to the third joint of the finger. The line of Saturn is long, commencing from the mount of Moon and reaching the mount of Saturn, Philosopher The hands are angular. The fingers are long and bony with knotty joints and conic tips. The palm is thin, with fine lines of Head and Heart.
Physicist The Head line is straight, long and defectless. The mount of Saturn is developed. The second phalange of the Sapurn Professions 209
he also has his first and fourth fingers pointed and second and third spatulated.
If the Saturn finger is Jong and its mount developed, he plays on string instruments.
A vocalist has all the mounts, especially the mount of Venus, developed, with hands and fingers short and smooth, The fourth finger is soft and tender. There are many lines on the mount of Venus.
Nurse The mounts of Jupiter, Mercury and Venus are good, the palm is elastic, the fingers are long and knotty and there are two clear-cut vertical lines on the fourth finger.
Orator The lines of Life and Head are separated at the beginning by a little distance. The mounts of Jupiter, Sun and Mercury are well-developed. The finger of Mercury is straight, long and its tip is conical. The Head line is fine and slopes a little towards the mount of Moon, to add sentiments and feelings in the speech. The mount of Venus is also fine and evenly deve-
loped. There is a star on the third phalange of the finger of Mercury and a fine line from its second phalange goes to the third joint of the finger. The line of Saturn is long, commencing from the mount of Moon and reaching the mount of Saturn, Philosopher The hands are angular. The fingers are long and bony with knotty joints and conic tips. The palm is thin, with fine lines of Head and Heart.
Physicist The Head line is straight, long and defectless. The mount of Saturn is developed. The second phalange of the Saurn
210 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry finger is long. All the fingers are long and knotty, the thumb is long and well-formed. The mount of Mercury has two or
»
three vertical lines on it.
Politician The hand is well-shaped with the main lines well marked.
The mount of Jupiter is specially good and the mounts of Sun, Mercury, Mars and Venus are also well-developed—there are vertical lines on any of these mounts. There is a star on the first phalange of the first finger. The Sun line goes from the mount of Venus to the mount of Sun. The Fate line is good and goes to the mount of Jupiter, starting from the mount of Moon in some cases. The thumb is prominent and has a waist-like appearance from the middle. A sign of flag or trident on the mount of Jupiter or Venus gives fame. A triangle on the mount of Mercury or Jupiter shows success in the political field. The tips of the fingers are square and nails healthy and bright.
|
\
Professor
|
The mounts of Sun, Mercury and Jupiter are well formed and without a bad sign on them. The mount of Mercury and the finger of Mercury are prominent. A line from the Head line goes to the base of the Saturn finger. The lines of Life, Head and Heart are good. The lines of Life and Head are not joined together at the beginning. In some cases, a sister line to the Head line goes towards the percussion. A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter or Sun or Saturn, endowing the person with the specific quality of the mount and denoting the subject hc teaches. The fingers and the thumb are long and the fourth finger is evenly set on the palm, which makes it long and gives power of speech.
The fingers have square tips and developed joints.
T e ———— | — e Tt BT
” —
e Religious Teacher The hands and fingers are soft, beautiful and pink-coloured from inside.
The mounts of Luna, Jupiter and Venus are developed.
|
i.’
i
|
n
.
B S
——
PREREI –
210 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry finger is long. All the fingers are long and knotty, the thumb is long and well-formed. The mount of Mercury has two or three vertical lines on it.
Politician The hand is well-shaped with the main lines well marked.
The mount of Jupiter is specially good and the mounts of Sun, Mercury, Mars and Venus are also well-developed—there are vertical lines on any of these mounts. There is a star on the first phalange of the first finger. The Sun line goes from the mount of Venus to the mount of Sun. The Fate line is good and goes to the mount of Jupiter, starting from the mount of Moon in some cases. The thumb is prominent and has a waist-like appearance from the middle. A sign of flag or trident on the mount of Jupiter or Venus gives fame. A triangle on the mount of Mercury or Jupiter shows success in the political field. The tips of the fingers are square and nails healthy and bright.
Professor The mounts of Sun, Mercury and Jupiter are well formed and without a bad sign on them. The mount of Mercury and the finger of Mercury are prominent. A line from the Head line goes to the base of the Saturn finger. The lines of Life, Head and Heart are good. The lines of Life and Head are not joined together at the beginning. In some cases, a sister line to the Head line goes towards the percussion. A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter or Sun or Saturn, endowing the person with the specific quality of the mount and denoting the subject he teaches. The fingers and the thumb are long and the fourth finger is evenly set on the palm, which makes it long and gives power of speech.
The fingers have square tips and developed joints.
Religious Teacher The hands and fingers are soft, beautiful and pink-coloured from inside.
The mounts of Luna, Jupiter and Venus are developed.
Professions 211
The finger of Mercury is long, straight and has a pointed tip.
A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter. A triangle exists on the mount of Moon, The fingers are long. A sign of shell or conch is present on the palm, and a sign of crescent on the mount of Jupiter or a trident on the mount of Saturn. The nails of Mercury and Saturn fingers are square and small. The Heart line ends between the mounts of Saturn and Jupiter (not between fingers).
A cross on the first phalange of the first finger or, if the line of union turns up, he may be a celebate. A cross on the first phalange of the third finger is a sign of nunhood.
Saint or Seer The hands are transparent, with almond-shaped nails. All the fingers are generally pointed, especially the finger of Jupiter with its first phalange longer than the other two. A line of Intuition, a big or small triangle inside the centre of the palm, a Ring of Solomon, or/and a mystic cross are present along with some signs mentioned under ‘Religious Teacher.’
The palm is in proportion to the fingers.
The mounts of Sun and Jupiter are both good and without defect. The three principal lines of Life, Head and Heart are normal and the Fate line rises from the mount of Moon, bifurcates into two branches—one branch goes to the mount of Sun and the other to the mount of Jupiter.
Scientist The mounts of Saturn, Sun and Mercury are well formed and without any bad sign on them, The fingers are long and thin with pointed tips. A circle or a crescent on the upper part of the mount of Mercury, many vertical lines on the mount of Sun and Saturn, and a sign of temple on the palm are present. The nail phalanges of the fingers are long and the base phalanges are thinly built. The lines of Sun, Heart and Head are long and forked in the end. The Sun line forks in the end and one branch goes to the mount of Mercury. Both he knots of the fingers are developed. The first finger is long Professions 211
The finger of Mercury is long, straight and has a pointed tip.
A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter. A triangle exists on the mount of Moon, The fingers are long. A sign of shell or conch is present on the palm, and a sign of crescent on the mount of Jupiter or a trident on ‘the mount of Saturn. The nails of Mercury and Saturn fingers are square and small. The Heart line ends between the mounts of Saturn and Jupiter (not between fingers).
A cross on the first phalange of the first finger or, if the line of union turns up, he may be a celebate. A cross on the first phalange of the third finger is a sign of nunhood.
Saint or Seer The hands are transparent, with almond-shaped nails. All the fingers are generally pointed, especially the finger of Jupiter with its first phalange longer than the other two. A line of Intuition, a big or small triangle inside the centre of the palm, a Ring of Solomon, or/and a mystic cross are present along with some signs mentioned under ‘Religious Teacher.’
The palm is in proportion to the fingers.
The mounts of Sun and Jupiter are both good and without defect. The three principal lines of Life, Head and Heart are normal and the Fate line rises from the mount of Moon, bifurcates into two branches—one branch goes to the mount of Sun and the other to the mount of Jupiter.
Scientist The mounts of Saturn, Sun and Mercury are well formed and without any bad sign on them. The fingers are long and thin with pointed tips. A circle or a crescent on the upper part of the mount of Mercury, many vertical lines on the mount of Sun and Saturn, and a sign of temple on the palm are present. The nail phalanges of the fingers are long and the base phalanges are thinly built. The lines of Sun, Heart and Head are long and forked in the end. The Sun line forks in the end and one branch goes to the mount of Mercury. Both he knots of the fingers are developed. The first finger is long
212 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry and the first and the third fingers are leaning towards the second.
State Official The hands are normal and well-shaped. The lines are not broad. The thumb is stiff and fingers are Jong and straight. A faultless Fate line commences from the Life line and goes to the mount of Jupiter.
The mount and the finger of Jupiter are prominent, showing good administrative ability. A good Fate line is present. A square on the mount of Jupiter and a triangle in the centre of the palm below the middle finger also show administrative ability.
Sportsman The hand is large and hard. The palm is elastic and not covered with many lines. The fingers are spatulate. The lines of Head and Life are separate at the beginning with a small space between them. The line of Mars is present behind the Life line on the mount of Venus. The mounts are normally developed, particularly the mounts of Mercury and Mars.
1
212 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry and the first and the third fingers are leaning towards the second.
State Official The hands are normal and well-shaped. The lines are not broad. The thumb is stiff and fingers are long and straight. A faultless Fate line commences from the Life line and goes to the mount of Jupiter.
The mount and the finger of Jupiter are prominent, showing good administrative ability. A good Fate line is present. A square on the mount of Jupiter and a triangle in the centre of the palm below the middle finger also show administrative ability.
Sportsman The hand is large and hard. The palm is elastic and not covered with many lines. The fingers are spatulate. The lines of Head and Life are separate at the beginning with a small spuce between them. The line of Mars is present behind the Life line on the mount of Venus. The mounts are normally developed, particularly the mounts of Mercury and Mars.
LEF
, e CHAPTER 25
L]
Medical Palmistry HAND is a sort of indicator, which tells a lot about a person’s state of health and disease. In the Journal of American Medical Association, it is stated that the hand is a unique organ from which good clinical information can be derived.* For example, a chronic patient of arthritis gets swelling of muscles and joints at the base of the fingers.
Similarly, an overactive thyroid makes the hand warm, moist and shaking. Many books have been written in the West on the subject of diagnosis of diseases from the hand and its lines.
Research is still in progress and new revelations and results are expected in future.
Three staff members of the Medical School of the University of Oregon noticed that many cancer patients had a small horny growth, called Keratoses, on their hands. E. Rane says that “a judicious study of palmistry would afford assis-
tance to medical profession in diagnosing cases.”
Many tests are carried out by modern physicians and surgeons to diagnose a d.sease. The help of a palmist can also be availed along with other methods of examination. A hand can give prior information in many cases, whenever the symptoms of disease are not visible. Sometimes, signs of trouble develop in an advanced stage of the disease but in ordinary and temporary ailments no sign appears on the hand.
There are a few cases where signs of disease do not appear—
*“Hand and the Cardio-Vascular Disease”, editorial of the Journal of American Medical Association, quoted from Better Health through Palinistry.
y CHAPTER 25
Medical Palmistry HAND is a sort of indicator, which tells a lot about a person’s state of health and disease. In the Jowrnal of American Medical Association, it is stated that the hand is a unique organ from which good clinical information can be derived.* For example, a chronic patient of arthritis gets swelling of muscles and joints at the base of the fingers.
Similarly, an overactive thyroid makes the hand warm, moist and shaking. Many books have been written in the West on the subject of diagnosis of diseases from the hand and its lines.
Research is still in progress and new revelations and results arc expected in future.
Three staff members of the Medical School of the University of Oregon noticed that many cancer patients had a small horny growth, called Keratoses, on their hands. E. Rane says that “‘a judicious study of palmistry would afford assis-
tance to medical profession in diagnosing cases.”
Many tests are carried out by modern physicians and surgeons to diagnose a d.sease. The help of a palmist can also be availed along with other methods of examination. A hand can give prior information in many cases, whenever the symptoms of disease are not visible. Sometimes, signs of trouble develop in an advanced stage of the disease but in ordinary and temporary ailments no sign appears on the hand.
There are a few cases where signs of disease do not appear—
**‘Hand and the Cardio-Vascular Disease’”, editorial of the Jowrnal of American Medical Association, quoted from Better Health through Palinistry.
=N
214 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry these are exceptional. There are complicated cases 2iso, i.e., the combination of two or more diseases at a time, or the malady is due to some old accident and the apparent symptoms are misleading. To quote an instance: a person was hit on the head by an electric pole and its paint was imbeded into his scalp. The wound responded to the treatment and healed.
Some years later, he fell ill and was treated for coronary ail-
ment while, in fact, his blood circulation was blocked by some foreign matter in his skull. When the actual disease was diagnosed, his skull was opened and the old dry paint (foreign matter) was removed, but the patient did not survive due to wrong transfusion of blood at the time of operation.
Some years ago, I visited the G.B. Pant Hospital, New Delhi, where I enquired about some patients kept in the Cardiac Care Unit. The doctor incharge told me that the patients were under observation and their ailments were yet to be diagnosed. An examination of their hands revealed that they were not suffering from heart disease. An eminent cardio-
logist of Delhi once came to me and showed me his hands. 1
asked him to beware of his own heart. On that occasion, he did not believe me but after two years he had a heart attack.
There are many such cases but 1 have briefly quoted the two to show that the hand can be helpful in diagnosing a disease.
, Apoplexy Loss of sensation and movement, sudden rupture of the cerebral blood vessel.
A red dot on the mount of Jupiter is connected by a thin line emanating from an island on the Life line. The Head line is thin, and the colour of the hand and lines is red and there is a grille or a cross on the upper mount of Mars and a dot on the mount of Jupiter. The Life line ends abruptly.
The palm is hollow towards the Head line. The mount of Jupiter is raised and rayed. A grille or a star appears on the mount of Moon. The Health line is not straight, and there are two straight lines from the Heart line to the mount of Moon.
214 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry these are exceptional. There are complicated cases 2iso, i.e., the combination of two or more diseases at a time, or the malady is due to some old accident and the apparent symptoms are misleading. To quote an instance: a person was hit on the head by an electric pole and its paint was imbeded into his scalp. The wound responded to the treatment and healed.
Some years later, he fell ill and was treated for coronary ail-
ment while, in fact, his blood circulation was blocked by some foreign muatter in his skull. When the actual disease was diagnosed, his skull was opened and the old dry paint (foreign matter) was removed, but the patient did not survive due to wrong transfusion of blood at the time of operation.
Some years ago, I visited the G.B. Pant Hospital, New Delhi, where I enquired about some patients kept in the Cardiac Care Unit. The doctor incharge told me that the patients were under observation and their ailments were yet to be diagnosed. An examination of their hands revealed that they were not suffering from heart disease. An eminent cardio-
logist of Delhi once came to me and showed me his hands. I asked him to beware of his own heart. On that occasion, he did not believe me but after two years he had a heart attack.
There are many such cases but 1 have briefly quoted the two to show that the band can be helpful in diagnosing a disease.
Apoplexy Loss of sensation and movement, sudden rupture of the cerebral blood vessel.
A red dot on the mount of Jupiter is connected by a thin line emanating from an island on the Life line. The Head line is thrin. and the colour of the hand and lines is red and there is a grille or a cross on the upper mount of Mars and a dot on the mount of Jupiter. The Life line ends abruptly.
The palm is hollow towards the Head line. The mount of Jupiter is raised and rayed. A grille or a star appears on the mount of Moon. The Health line is not straight, and there are two straight lines from the Heart line to the mount of Moon.
Medical Paimistry 215
Asthma A narrow quadrangle is found as the Heart line leans towards the Head line. The Health line is not well-formed, and a line from the mount of Venus runs towards the narrow space in the quadrangle. Sometimes, the Heart line has an island or a cross under the mount of Saturn and there is a black spot inside the quadrangle.
Arthritis (Advanced stage)
The Heart line is crossed and there is a star on the mount of Saturn. The hands are soft and the nails generally broad.
There are minute dots on the edges of the lines of Life and Head, giving the appearance of fluffiness. Longitudinal ridges on the nails splitfing at the ends, deformity of phalanges and a grilled mount of Saturn. A line from the Life line having an island goes to the mount of Saturn.
Anaemia The hands are cold and dry. The Head line slopes towards the mount of Moon. The colour of the skin and nails is pale or white.
Biliousness The palm is pale, the skin cold and the Health line wavy.
Brain Disorder The mount of Moon is raised and lined. The Head hine is short, forked, fretted, islanded or chained. There is a sign of Moon on the mount of Moon or Saturn and a star on the second phalange of the middle finger. The Head line is wavy, bending towards the Heart line under the mount of Sun or Mercury, or it merges into the Health line. A star at the end of the branch of the Head line, which slopes towards the Mount of Moon. The thumb is not well-formed. The fingers are long and flexible and the palms have shrunken muscles.
Medical Paimistry 215
Asthma A narrow quadrangle i1s found as the Heart line leans towards the Head line. The Health line is not well-formed, and a line from the mount of Venus runs towards the narrow space in the quadrangle. Sometimes, the Heart line has an island or a ¢ross under the mount of Saturn and there is a black spot inside the quadrangle.
Arthritis (Advanced stage)
The Heart line is crossed and there is a star on the mount of Saturn. The hands are soft and the nails generally broad.
There are minute dots on the edges of the lines of Life and Head, giving the appearance of fluffiness. Longitudinal ridges on the nails splitting at the ends, deformity of phalanges and a grilled mount of Saturn. A line from the Life line having an island goes to the mount of Saturn.
Anaemia The hands are cold and dry. The Head line slopes towards the mount of Moon. The colour of the skin and nails is pale or white.
Biliousness The palm is pale, the skin cold and the Health line wavy.
Brain Disorder The mount of Moon is raised and lined. The Head line is short, forked, fretted, islanded or chained. There is a sign of Moon on the mount of Moon or Saturn and a star on the second phalange of the middle finger. The Head line is wavy, bending towards the Heart line under the mount of Sun or Mercury, or it merges into the Health line. A star at the end of the branch of the Head line, which slopes towards the Mount of Moon. The thumb is not well-formed. The fingers are long and flexible and the palms have shrunken muscles.
216 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry An island at the beginning of the Head Line shows a here-
ditary brain trouble.
A cross ora break on the Head line; an Influence linc from the mount of Venus ending on the Head line in a star, the Head line ending into a much-rayed and defective mount of Moon; the Head line, faulty under the mount of Saturn, suddenly turns down to the defective mount of Moon—all these show brain illness.
When the Head line goes to the lower mount of Moon and the finger of Saturn has a star, the Head line is wavy or broken or merges into the Liver line, and a sign of Moon appears on the mount of Moon or Saturn— insanity is foreseen.
A break in the Head line going towards the mount of Moon, a cross touching the Life line towards the mount of Venus, the Heart line faulty and the girdle of Venus is present, the Head line is broken in small pieces with a large cross and sloping towards the mount of Moon, which is raised and rayed—
indication of epilepsy in an advanced stage.
A poor Heart line, a star on the lower part of the mount of Moon and a grille on the upper mount of Mars point to brain haemorrhage.
A Health linc absent in the quadrangle, the Head line going close to the Life line, dots on the Head line and an island on the Life ling show brain fever.
If the Life line is thin, chained, broad and shallow, after it is cut by a crossbar or a line which runs into a dot; and a cross or break appears in the Head line—brain trouble can be caused.
The Fate line falling from the Head line results in nervy, apprehensive mentality and the biting of nails of fingers and wringing of hands —show inferiority complex.
A line of Intuition starting from an island on the mount of Moon and ending on the mount of Mercury is a mark of somnambulism.
If the Health line starts from the Life line, and the Heart line is chained and stoops towards the Head line, fainting fits can Occur.
if a Girdle of Venus is formed by several small and thin lines, there is a star on the mount of Moon and the second finger is crooked—hysteria, or mental depression is indicated.
216 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry An island at the beginning of the Head Line shows a here-
ditary brain trouble.
A cross or a break on the Head line; an Influence linc from the mount of Venus ending on the Head line in a star, the Head line ending into a much-rayed and defective mount of Moon; the Head line, faulty under the mount of Saturn, suddenly turns down to the defective mount of Moon—all these show brain illness.
When the Head line goes to the lower mount of Moon and the finger of Saturn has a star, the Head line is wavy or broken or merges into the Liver line, and a sign of Moon appears on the mount of Moon or Saturn— insanity is foreseen.
A break in the Head line going towards the mount of Moon, a cross touching the Life line towards the mount of Venus, the Heart line faulty and the girdle of Venus is present, the Head line is broken in small pieces with a large cross and sloping towards the mount of Moon, which is raised and rayed—
indication of epilepsy in an advanced stage.
A poor Heart line, a star on the lower part of the mount of Moon and a grille on the upper mount of Mars point to brain haemorrhage.
A Health lins absent in the quadrangle, the FHead line going close to the Life line, dots on the Head line and an island on the Life ling show brain fever.
If the Life line is thin, chained, broad and shallow, after it is cut by a crossbar or a line which runs into a dot; and a cross or break appears in the Head line —brain trouble can be caused.
The Fate line falling from the Head line results in nervy, apprehensive mentality and the biting of nails of fingers and wringing of hands —show inferiority complex.
A line of Intuijtion starting from an island on the mount of Moon and ending on the mount of Mercury is a mark of somnambulism.
If the Health line starts from the Life line, and the Heart line is chained and stoops towards the Head line, fainting fits can occur.
If a Girdle of Venus is formed by several small and thin lines, there is a star on the mount of Moon and the second finger is crooked—hysteria, or mental depression is indicated.
Medical Palmistry
217
Small breaks or bars on the Head line, a short or chained Head line, an ill-formed Health line show tendency to headaches.
Blood Pressure Burning sensation, profuse perspiration, red palm, warm hands and a big island at the end of the Heart line indicate high blood pressure.
A series of small island at the end of the Heart line show low blood pressure.
Cancer The palm is usually covered with lines. Malformation of the skin ridges on the palm increases with the growth of the cancer. The Fate line is thick and the nails are generally long.
A slightly raised whorl in the flesh of the hand, a woolly appearance on the lines of the palm and generally malformation of the skin ridges, near the end of the Head line and on the mount of Luna (Fig. 17.7)
The Life line shows gradual thinning at the end in a frayed tassel formation or increasing thickness caused by increase in woolliness. Palmer changes (Keratoses) are often observed on the patient’s hands.
The mounts of Venus and Luna are pearly yellow and trans-
lucent. An island on the Health line or on the Head line which turns upward.
Diabetes An Influence line from the mount of Luna cuts the Life line. Sometimes ridges (corrugated lines) appear on the thumb-
nails. The Head line is defective under the mount of Saturn.
Many small, stray, confused lines, cross, star or grille appear at the bottom of the mount of Moon towards the Life line.
A sign similar to a horseshoe appears near the Head line lower in the hand or on the lower mount of Moon. Shrinking of muscles at the back of the hand at the base of the thumb and index finger is sometimes seen in the beginning of the disease.
Skin ridges on the inner side of the hand show some sort of granulation, which extends to the outer palmer side of the Medical Palmistry
217
Small breaks or bars on the Head line, a short or chained Head line, an ill-formed Health line show tendency to headaches.
Blood Pressure Burning sensation, profuse pcrspiration, red palm, warm hands and a big island at the end of the Heart line indicate high blood pressure.
A series of small island at the end of the Heart line show low blood pressure.
Cancer The palm is usually covered with lines. Malformation of the skin ridges on the palm increases with the growth of the cancer. The Fate line is thick and the nails are generally long.
A slightly raised whorl in the flesh of the hand, a woolly appearance on the lines of the palm and generally malformation of the skin ridges, near the end of the Head line and on the mount of Luna (Fig. 17.7)
The Life line shows gradual thinning at the end in 2 frayed tassel formation or increasing thickness caused by increase in woolliness. Palmer changes (Keratoses) are often observed on the patient’s hands.
The mounts of Venus and Luna are pearly yellow and trans-
lucent. An island on the Health line or on the Head line which turns upward.
Diabetes An Influence hne from the mount of Luna cuts the Life line. Sometimes ridges (corrugated lines) appear on the thumb-
nails. The Head line is defective under the mount of Saturn.
Many smal, stray, confused lines, cross, star or grille appear at the bottom of the mount of Moon towards the Life line.
A sign similar to a horseshoe appears near the Head line lower in the hand or on the lower mount of Moon. Shrinking of muscles at the back of the hand at the base of the thumb and index finger is sometimes seen in the beginning of the disease.
Skin ridges on the wnner side of the band show some sort of granulation, which extends to the outer palmer side of the i
218 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry hand, and confused lines appear at the lower mount of Moon.
Eye Trouble or Loss of Sight A whorl to the [eft on the mount of Sun or three crosses or an island or loop on the Heart line under the mount of Sun. A circle on the Life line or inside the quadrangle. A cross on the upper part of the Health line with a break in the line of Head or Heart. A star in the triangle close to the Health line. A black spot on the Life line.
A broken Head line under the mount of Sun or Saturn.
An islanded Heart line; a circle on the Heart line under the mount of Sun. The Head line separated from the Life line under the mount of Saturn, with a star on the base phalange of the Sun finger. The mount of Sun rayed and dots on the Life or Heart line. A cross at the end of the Health line, of a circle on the Head line, or a star near the Health line inside the big triangle formed by the lines of Life, Head and Fate.
Ear Trouble Dots or an island under the mount of Saturn on the Head line and raised mounts of Venus and Saturn. A cross on the plain of Mars. Three small crosses at the beginning of the Head line. The lines of Life and Head joined up to a long distance at the beginning and formation ugly and chained—
these denote that the opposite ear is affected.
Gout Satin skin, a raised and lined mount of Jupiter, middle portion of the mount of Luna bulging and has a cross, the Life line forked at the end and has red colour. The nails are hard;
brittle and have longitudinal grooves.
Heart diseases The Life line is very thin, broken, chained, uneven or ill-
formed and the Heart line has minute circular dots in small patches. These show nervy heart action.
Fine perpendicular lines coming down from the Heart line
.
–
AL LE e e LN
218 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry hand, and confused lines appear at the lower mount of Moon.
Eve Trouble or Loss of Sight A whorl to the left on the mount of Sun or three crosses or an island or loop on the Heart line under the mount of Sun. A circle on the Life line or inside the quadrangle. A cross on the upper part of the Health line with a break in the line of Head or Heart. A star in the triangle close to the Health line. A black spot on the Life line.
A broken Head line under the mount of Sun or Saturn.
An islanded Heart line; a circle on the Heart line under the mount of Sun. The Head line separated from the Life line under the mount of Saturn, with a star on the base phalange of the Sun finger. The mount of Sun rayed and dots on the Life or Heart line. A cross at the end of the Health line, of a circle on the Head line, or a star near the Health line inside the big triangle formed by the lines of Life, Head and Fate.
Ear Trouble Dots or an island under the mount of Saturn on the Head line and raised mounts of Venus and Saturn. A cross on the plain of Mars. Three small crosses at the beginning of the Head line. The lines of Life and Head joined up to a long distance at the beginning and formation ugly and chained—
these denote that the opposite ear is affected.
Gout Satin skin, a raised and lined mount of Jupiter, middle portion of the mount of Luna bulging and has a cross, the Life line forked at the end and has red colour. The nails are hard;
brittle and have longitudinal grooves.
Heart diseases The Life line is very thin, broken, chained, uneven or ill-
formed and the Heart line has minute circular dots in smali patches. These show nervy heart action.
Fine perpendicular lines coming down from the Heart line Medical Palmistry 219
indicate a nervous heart; highly susceptible to emotional stimulation.
The Heart line made up of several small lines means weak heart muscles.
A break or bar on the Heart line under the mount of Sun, dots on this line, the plain of Mars depressed towards the Heart line, the mount of Sun has several fine lines and the line of Sun short and thin, becomes thick and ends on the line of Heart—all these indicate heart weakness.
The finger tips become thick and the nails are hippocratic, the palm surface below the fingers of Mercury and Sun near the Heart line changes. A nodule, or a lump of scar-like tissue appears in the palm— coronary trouble is indicated.
The nails are short, square, whitish, bluish or raised in the centre. They have no moons or have large moons. These show imperfect blood circulation.
Warm, moist hands, with a fine tremor and occasionally clubbing of fingers—denote inefficiency of heart due to an over-
active thyroid.
Cold hands with a coarse puffy skin—a high blood level of cholesterol, fluid in heart sac.
The Heart line has a cross bar or a break under the mount of Saturn or Sun, which is raised and rayed, nails have bluish colour—denote hardening of arteries due to old age.
If the plain of Mars is hollow towards the Heart line the mount of Sun raised and rayed and a line of Influence from the mount of Venus cuts the Heart line, which is defective and broken under the mount of Mercury, heart trouble is indicated.
If moons are absent from all the nails, the nails are short, broad and round at the base and the third finger is crooked or abnormal —signs of cardio-vascular trouble.
Jaundice A line from inside the mount of Venus goes and touches the wavy line of Mercury in the plain of Mars. The colour of the nails and skin is yellowish, the Moon at the beginning of the nails becomes bluish in colour; a line from the Life line crosses the wavy Health line; a spot or star cn the mount of Moon, the mount of Mercury raised and rayed—these are Medical Palmistry 219
indicate a nervous heart; highly susceptible to emotional stimulation.
The Heart line made up of several small lines means weak heart muscles.
A break or bar on the Heart line under the mount of Sun, dots on this line, the plain of Mars depressed towards the Heart line, the mount of Sun has several fine lines and the line of Sun short and thin, becomes thick and ends on the line of Heart—all these indicate heart weakness.
The finger tips become thick and the nails are hippocratic, the palm surface below the fingers of Mercury and Sun near the Heart line changes. A nodule, or a lump of scar-like tissue appears in the palm— coronary trouble is indicated.
The nails are short, square, whitish, bluish or raised in the centre. They have no moons or have large moons. These show imperfect blood circulation.
Warm, moist hands, with a fine tremor and occasionally clubbing of fingers—denote inefficiency of heart due to an over-
active thyroid.
Cold hands with a coarse puffy skin—a high blood level of cholesterol, fluid in heart sac.
The Heart line has a cross bar or a break under the mount of Saturn or Sun, which is raised and rayed, nails have bluish colour—denote hardening of arteries due to old age.
If the plain of Mars is hollow towards the Heart line the mount of Sun raised and rayed and a line of Influence from the mount of Venus cuts the Heart line, which is defective and broken under the mount of Mercury, heart trouble is indicated.
If moons are absent from all the nails, the nails are short, broad and round at the base and the third finger is crooked or abnormal —signs of cardio-vascular trouble.
Jaundice A line from inside the mount of Venus goes and touches the wavy line of Mercury in the plain of Mars. The colour of the nails and skin is yellowish, the Moon at the beginning of the nails becomes bluish in colour; a line from the Life line crosses the wavy Health line; a spot or star ¢n the mount of Moon, the mount of Mercury raised and rayed —these are jaundice indications.
.
dot under the mount of Saturn. The thumb weak and bent,
220 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Kidney or Bladder Soft and moist palm, yellowish lines, Health line broken, nails have medium moon, the lower part of the mount of Moon much raised and [ined with a cross therecon. A line coming from a dot on the Life line or from inside the mount of Venus and ending on a star; grille or cross on the [ower mount of Luna
— denote kidney trouble.
The Head line has a break under the mount of Saturn, and drops towards the mount of Luna ending on a star. The mount of Moon is raised and rayed and a fine line goes towards its lower part—these are bladder trouble indications.
Liver The lines of Life and Health are closely connected. The Heart line is broken under the mount of Mercury. The skin is cold and damp and the mount of Mercury raised and much rayed, the Health line is ladder-like. Dark spots are on the mount of Moon and the nail of the index finger stops growing—
all show liver disorder.
Nervous disorder
(Associated with worry, fear, anxiety or alcoholic drinks.)
The presence of Simian line, many fine lines on the hand like spider-net, long and narrow palm, smooth, flexible and tapering fingers, skin fine and smooth, the mount of Moon raised towards the percussion and lined.
Paralysis Nails short and triangular, the mount of Saturn rayed and raised; lines on palm dim after attack.
A grille or dot on the mount of Saturn, an island on the Life line or a dot on the Head line, a small line connects the island in the Life line to the grille on the mount of Saturn. A star on the base phalange of the Saturn finger and two per-
pendicular lines on the mount of Saturn.
The Head line defective by presence of a cross, star or a
220 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry Kidney or Bladder Soft and moist palm, yellowish lines, Health line broken, pails have medium moon, the lower part of the mount of Moon much raised and [ined with a cross thereon. A line coming from a dot on the Life line or from inside the mount of Venus and ending on a star; grille or cross on the [ower mount of Luna —denote kidney trouble.
The Head line has a break under the mount of Saturn, and drops towards the mount of Luna ending on a star. The mount of Moon is raised and rayed and a fine line goes towards its lower part—these are bladder trouble indications.
Liver The lines of Life and Health are closely connected. The Heart line is broken under the mount of Mercury. The skin is cold and damp and the mount of Mercury raised and much rayed, the Health line is ladder-like. Dark spots are on the mount of Moon and the nail of the index finger stops growing—
all show liver disorder.
Nervous disorder
(Associated with worry, fear, anxiety or alcoholic drinks.)
The presence of Simian line, many fine lines on the hand like spider-net, long and narrow palm, smooth, flexible and tapering fingers, skin fine and smooth, the mount of Moon raised towards the percussion and lined.
Paralysis Nails short and triangular, the mount of Saturn rayed and raised; lines on palm dim after attack.
A grille or dot on the mount of Saturn, an island on the Life line or a dot on the Head line, a small line connects the island in the Life line to the grille on the mount of Saturn. A star on the base phalange of the Saturn finger and two per-
pendicular lines on the mount of Saturn.
The Head line defective by presence of a cross, star or a dot under the mount of Saturn. The thumb weak and bent, Medical Palmistry 221
palm not opening fully and the fingers not straight.
Prostate Gland A star on the line of Mercury or near about where the line of Head crosses it in a male hand.
Respiratory disorder The palm is thin, lines are faint, the nails are brittle, curved or fluted. The Head line is defective, a line from the Head line goes to the mount of Jupiter and ends in an island—
respiratory disorder.
A line from inside the mount of Venus crossing the lines of Life and Head and ends on a grille on the upper mount of Mars— bronchitis.
A transverse island, cross lines or dots on the mount of Jupiter —pleurisy, pneumonia.
Rheumatism The Life line forked in the end, or has an island thereon from which a thin islanded line comes out and goes to the mount of Saturn after cutting the lines of Head and Heart.
A thin line comes out from the Life line in the middle and ends in a cross on the middie portion of the mount of Moon. The Life line suddenly turns down to the middle of the mount of Moon ending in a cross or star.
A black, blue or red dot on the Heart line, soft and velvet skin, raised or rayed mount of Saturn, middle portion of the mount of Moon raised, several thin lines crossing the mount of Saturn and the Heart line.
Minute islanded and perpendicular lines extending from the outer edge of the hand into the palmer surface, the mount of Saturn depressed and marked with perpendicular lines.
(Fig. 17.4)
Spinal trouble The nails are short, narrow and curved. There is a star on o4
Medical Palmistry 221
palm not opening fully and the fingers not straight.
Prostate Gland A star on the line of Mercury or near about where the line of Head crosses it in a male hand.
Respiratory disorder The palm is thin, lines are faint, the nails are brittle, curved or fluted. The Head line is defective, a line from the Head line goes to the mount of Jupiter and ends in an island—
respiratory disorder.
A line from inside the mount of Venus crossing the lines of Life and Head and ends on a grille on the upper mount of Mars—bronchitis.
A transverse island, cross lines or dots on the mount of Jupiter —pleurisy, pneumonia.
Rheumatism The Life line forked in the end, or has an island thereon from which a thin islanded line comes out and goes to the mount of Saturn after cutting the lines of Head and Heart.
A thin line comes out from the Life line in the middle and ends in a cross on the middle portion of the mount of Moon. The Life line suddenly turns down to the middle of the mount of Moon ending in a cross or star.
A black, blue or red dot on the Heart line, soft and velvet skin, raised or rayed mmount of Saturn, middle portion of the mount of Moon raised, several thin lines crossing the mount of Saturn and the Heart line.
Minute islanded and perpendicular lines extending from the outer edge of the hand into the palmer surface, the mount of Saturn depressed and marked with perpendicular lines.
(Fig. 17.4)
Spinal trouble The nails are short, narrow and curved. There is a star on e ——
R EE————=, T e e e i b
=
–
–
–
—
.
\
e T o —
–
et
—
— =
e
——
–
–
2is, v En
=
222 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry the mount of Saturn. The mount of Moon is prominent and lined, and the Life line has a break under the mount of Saturn, The Head line is broken, islanded or looped under the junction of Jupiter and Saturn mounts.
Stomach and intestines Vertical ridges on the nails— colitis.
Sloping lines from the line of Health—sensitivity of stomach and intestines.
When a cross-bar from the Life line goes to the upper mount of Luna and ends in a cross or grille—intestinal infla-
mation and bow! trouble.
Many fine lines running slant-wise down the hand—acidity in digestive tract.
An island on the mount of upper Mars at the end of the Head line—intestinal trouble.
A wavy Health line and an island on the Life line—chronic indigestion.
If the Health line does not touch the Heart line—weak digestion.
Small white spots on the nails, the Life line having an island at the start—indigestion.
A thick lower phalange of the Saturn finger, tip of the Saturn finger bent towards the adjoining finger of Apollo, a deep vertical line between the first and second fingers, an island beneath the little finger or an island at the end of the Heart line. The upper mounts of Mars and Moon are crossed by fine lines —intestinal disorders.
Sex diseases A star on the joint of lines of Head and Health and small hairy lines on the lower portion of the mount of Moon, the Girdle of Venus broken in three parts and a star or island on it under the mount of Saturn, nails brittle, convex and long; the malformation of the ridges on the palm and a big island on the lower portion of the mount of Moon—venereal discase.
A line from the mount of Venus goes to the mount of it
222 Everybody’s Guide te Palmistry the mount of Saturn. The mount of Moon is prominent and lined, and the Life line has a break under the mount of Saturn, The Head line is broken, islanded or looped under the junction of Jupiter and Saturn mounts.
Stomach and intestines Vertical ridges on the nails—colitis.
Sloping lines from the line of Health—sensitivity of stomach and intestines.
When a cross-bar from the Life line goes to the upper mount of Luna and ends in a cross or grille—intestinal infla-
mation and bow] trouble.
Many fine lines running slant-wise down the hand—acidity in digestive tract.
An island on the mount of upper Mars at the end of the Head line—intestinal trouble.
A wavy Health line and an island on the Life line—chronic indigestion.
If the Health line does not touch the Heart line—weak digestion.
Small white spots on the nails, the Life line having an island at the start—indigestion.
A thick lower phalange of the Saturn finger, tip of the Saturn finger bent towards the adjoining finger of Apollo, a deep vertical line between the first and second fingers, an island beneath the little finger or an island at the end of the Heart line. The upper mounts of Mars and Moon are crossed by fine lines —intestinal disorders.
Sex diseases A star on the joint of lines of Head and Health and small hairy lines on the lower portion of the mount of Moon, the Girdle of Venus broken in three parts and a star or island on it under the mount of Saturn, nails brittle, convex and long; the malformation of the ridges on the palm and a big island on the lower portion of the mount of Moon—venereal disease.
A line from the mount of Venus goes to the mount of rfl—?#_*—.?é._fl_.;g_
oy s Iag i Medical Palmistry 223
Saturn, cutting the root of the middle finger—womb trouble.
The first bracelet of the rascette curving inside the palm, a star on the joining point of the lines of Head and Health, a bad mount of Venus and small dots at the end of the Heart line—impotence.
Little finger is short, deformed or crooked—weakness of gonads.
Puffiness of hand, underdeveloped nails, little finger small and curved inward and keeps aloof from the third finger—sex chromosomal aberrations or sex abnormality in women.
A star on the point of cutting of the lines of Head and Health—disorder of generative organs; lack of spermatozoa.
The Life line curtailing the mount of Venus—semen defect.
The mount of Moon raised and rayed, the mount of Venus depressed but full of lines, vertical lines on the mount of Saturn, the Life line turning towards the mount of Moon—
defect in female generative organs.
The Head line having small branches at the end, the Heart line branchless at the start from or near the mount of Mercury and a cross on the third phalange of the second finger on a woman’s hand —sterility.
The Fate line very thick, the line of Head with some defect under the mount of Saturn, the mount of Venus prominent—
lack of virility.
A thick Fate line stops at the Head line, the Life line is defective —sexual weakness in man and weak health of wife.
The lines of Head and Life are joined together up to a long distance at the beginning, forming a chained and defective shape, the mount of Moon is excessively raised—early ejaculation.
Thyroid Gland The hands cold, broad, spongy; the fingers sausage-shaped, with conic tips, skin puffy, nails thin, brittle, ridged, short or fan-shaped without moon at the base and the tapering finger of Mercury —under-active, thyroid and sex glands.
Hands long and narrow, warm and moist with tremors.
Nails shiny with large moons. Many small circle-type Medical Palmistry 223
Saturn, cutting the root of the middle finger—womb trouble.
The first bracelet of the rascette curving inside the palm, a star on the joining point of the lines of Head and Health, a bad mount of Venus and small dots at the end of the Heart line—impotence.
Little finger is short, deformed or crooked—weakness of gonads.
Puffiness of hand, underdeveloped nails, little finger small and curved inward and keeps aloof from the third finger—sex chromosomal aberrations or sex abnormality in women.
A star on the point of cutting of the lines of Head and Health—disorder of generative organs; lack of spermatozoa.
The Life line curtailing the mount of Venus—semen defect.
The mount of Moon raised and rayed, the mount of Venus depressed but full of lines, vertical lines on the mount of Saturn, the Life line turning towards the mount of Moon—
defect in female generative organs.
The Head line having small branches at the end, the Heart line branchless at the start from or near the mount of Mercury and a cross on the third phalange of the second finger on a woman’s hand —sterility.
The Fate line very thick, the line of Head with some defect under the mount of Saturn, the mount of Venus prominent—
lack of virility.
A thick Fate line stops at the Head line, the Life line is defective —sexual weakness in man and weak health of wife.
The lines of Head and Life are joined together up to a long distance at the beginning, forming a chained and defective shape, the mount of Moon is excessively raised—early ejaculation.
Thyroid Gland The hands cold, broad, spongy; the fingers sausage-shaped, with conic tips, skin puffy, nails thin, brittle, ridged, short or fan-shaped without moon at the base and the tapering finger of Mercury —under-active, thyroid and sex glands.
|
Hands long and narrow, warm and moist with tremors.
.
Nails shiny with large moons. Many small circle-type
224 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry formations inside the Head line, under the mount of Saturn—
overactive thyroid.
Throat and Catarrh An island on the Health line, nails V-shaped, three crosses on the Head l’ine below the mount of Jupiter, two long and narrow islands on the Health line, a line from the Life line ends on a grille or cross on the upper mount of Mars; cross lines on the lower mount of Mars—throat trouble and catarrh.
A fine line from the Head line going to the mount of Jupiter and the Head line leaning towards the mount of Mercury. Two crosses at the beginning of the Head line —throat infection.
Tuberculosis A thin palm, long knotty fingers, long, thin, brittle, convex or fluted (called watch-glass) nails, the Life line defective, the Health line islanded, an island on the line of Mercury is crossed by an Influence line from the Life line—tuberculosis.
A line of Influence ending in an island on the mount of Jupiter, several islands on the Head line—Jung trouble.
224 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry formations inside the Head line, under the mount of Saturn—
overactive thyroid.
Throat and Catarrh An island on the Health line, nails V-shaped, three crosses on the Head l!ine below the mount of Jupiter, two long and narrow islands on the Health line, a line from the Life line ends on a grille or cross on the upper mount of Mars; cross lines on the lower mount of Mars—throat trouble and catarrh.
A fine line from the Head line going to the mount of Jupiter and the Head line leaning towards the mount of Mercury. Two crosses at the beginning of the Head line —throat infection.
Tuberculosis A thin palm, long knotty fingers, long, thin, brittle, convex or fluted (cailed watch-glass) nails, the Life line defective, the Health line islanded, an island on the line of Mercury is crossed by an Influence line from the Life line— tuberculosis.
A line of Influence ending in an island on the mount of Jupiter, several islands on the Head line—Jung trouble.
—h A APPENDIX 1
Ready to Read Your Hand!
The precise way of reading the hand is to take its imprint, There are several minute signs and ridges in the hand which are not clear to the naked eye. The accurate method is to take an imprint with finger-print ink, a special ink used by the police and revenue departments. This ink should first be spread on a square and rectangular glass plate or on a wooden plate covered with tin. A small S5-inch rubber-roller (generally used by photographers) is rubbed on the ink plate and then applied to palm, fingers and thumb. After that the hand is slowly placed on a sheet of glazed paper and pressed from the middle from the back of the hand, pressure is exercised on each finger and thumb one by one. A full impression of the thumb should be taken, as it is the most important digit of the hand and yields a lot of information. Thereafter, the hand should be lifted slowly from the side of the thnmb to take an impression of its other side (percussion) on paper. This portion has the lines of Marriage, Travel, etc. A glazed art paper should be used for taking the impression. The hand should be placed firmly and should not be moved or shaken while the impression is being taken.
The examination of the hand-print should proceed step by step, examining each point and each line minutely, preferably with the help of a magnifying glass, and the result of each detail should be noted on a sheet of paper to arrive at a collec-
tive judgment by consideration of all the points togéther (plus and minus, i.e., good and bad). A single sign is not sufficient to APPENDIX 1
Ready to Read Your Hand!
The precise way of reading the hand is to take its imprint.
There are several minute signs and ridges in the hand which are not clear to the naked eye. The accurate method is to take an imprint with finger-print ink, a special ink used by the police and revenue departments. This ink should first be spread on a square and rectangular glass plate or on a wooden plate covered with tin. A small 5-inch rubber-roller (generally used by photographers) is rubbed on the ink plate and then applied to palm, fingers and thumb. After that the hand is slowly placed on a sheet of glazed paper and pressed from the middle from the back of the hand, pressure is exercised on each finger and thumb one by one. A full impression of the thumb should be taken, as it is the most important digit of the hand and yields a lot of information. Thereafter, the hand should be lifted slowly from the side of the thhmb to take an impression of its other side (percussion) on paper. This portion has the lines of Marriage, Travel, etc. A glazed art paper should be used for taking the impression. The hand should be placed firmly and should not be moved or shaken while the impression is being taken.
The examination of the hand-print should proceed step by step, examining each point and each line minutely, preferably with the help of a magnifying glass, and the result of each detail should be noted on a sheet of paper to arrive at a collec-
tive judgment by coasideration of all the points together (plus and minus, i.e., good and bad). A single sign is not sufficient to
226 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry arrive at a correct assessment. The data are to be coliected from both the hands separately, and then closely examined in detail.
A chart is given below for ready reference and convenience so that no point is missed in the examination of the hand:-
Examination Chart Nand Classification—types of hand.
Palm Length and breadth of the palm and fingers—together and separately. Measurement of the palm from all sides. Its colour, consistency, texture; whether shallow or raised. The plain of Mars. Hair on skin.
Thumb Position—hard or flexible? Whether straight? Distance between the thumb and the forefinger. The shape of the thumb, phalanges and the signs on them.
Fingers Long or short; rough or smooth. Whether pointed, knotted or crooked? The space between the fingers.
Whether the fingers are evenly set or not and how many are evenly set on the palm? Whether the finger-
tips are square, spatulate, conic, etc? The phalanges of the fingers, their shape, size and the signs on them.
Nails Size—long or short, flat, brittle or thin. Whether V-shaped? The position of the moon at the base of the fingers. Their colour. Defects or spots on the nails, if any.
Mount Judge all mounts on the palm—bad, good, developed,
|
overdeveloped, marks on the mounts, if any.
|
Ridges Whether loop, tented arch, whorl or composite?
Any malformation of the ridges on the palm?
Lines The line of Life
|
The line of Head The line of Heart The line of Fate (Saturn)
The line of Sun The line of Health The line of Marriage The line of Children The line of Intuition
226 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry arrive at a correct assessment. The data are to be collected from both the hands separately, and then closely examined in detail.
A chart is given below for ready reference and convenience so that no point is missed in the examination of the hand:-
Examination Chart HNand Classification—types of hand.
Palm Length and breadth of the palm and fingers—together and separately. Measurement of the palm from all sides. Its colour, consistency, texture; whether shallow or raised. The plain of Mars. Hair on skin.
Thumb Position— hard or flexible? Whether straight? Distance between the thumb and the forefinger. The shape of the thumb, phalanges and the signs on them.
Fingers Long or short; rough or smooth. Whether pointed, knotted or crooked? The space between the fingers.
Whether the fingers are evenly set or not and how many are evenly set on the palm? Whether the finger-
tips are square, spatulate, conic, etc? The phalanges of the fingers, their shape, size and the signs on them.
Nails Size—long or short, flat, brittle or thin. Whether V-shaped? The position of the moon at the base of the fingers. Their colour. Defects or spots on the nails, if any.
Mount Judge all mounts on the palm—bad, good, developed, overdeveloped, marks on the mounts, if any.
Ridges Whether loop, tented arch, whorl or composite?
Any malformation of the ridges on the palm?
Lines The line of Life The line of Head
, The line of Heart
, The line of Fate (Saturn)
;
The line of Sun
|
The line of Health The line of Marriage The line of Children The line of Intuition Appendix 227
The marks of accident or legacy. The ring of Solomon.
The ring of Saturn. Line (s) on the mount of Jupiter.
The mystic cross. The triangles—big and small. The quadrangle, The girdle of Venus. The bracelets
(rascette). Signs on lines and palm. Defects on lines.
Abnormality, if any.
Any special featares.
Signs Appendix 227
The marks of accident or legacy. The ring of Solomon.
The ring of Saturn. Line (s) on the mount of Jupiter.
The mystic cross. The triangles—big and small. The quadrangle. The girdle of Venus. The bracelets
(rascette). Signs on lines and palm. Defects on lines.
Abnormality, if any.
Any special features.
228 Everybody’s Guide to Palmis try Plate |
Plate 2
e Ml el i i o 8 B el e i b i s aae T
’s Guide to Palmistry
228 Everybody
¢ 3lkld
| 2IEld APPENDIX II The hand of a great saint and seer
(Plate 1)
The hand of a great saint and seer is soft and pink-coloured.
The mounts of Jupiter, Luna and Venus are developed. The first phalange of the fingers are long and the tips are fleshy, reflecting a spiritual bent and sensitivity, respectively.
A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter.
Big and small triangles in the palm are present. Triangles on the mounts of Saturn, Jupiter and Moon show spiritual attain-
ment and on the lines of Head and Fate show spiritual powers and mystic experiences. He has cxperienced a state of Samadhi.
A good Sun line going to the mount of Sun from the mount of Moon shows that he follows the ancient tradition and is a great Sanskrit scholar.
There is a fish sign at the beginning of the Life line and a chain of triangles at the root of the thumb, showing Tantric siddhi and control of sex.
The line of Marriage is absent. The line of Renunciation is present at the base of the finger of Jupiter. He renounced his home at an early age, and devoted his whole life to spiritual pursuits and giving guidance to the seekers of Truth.
He has great love and admiration for his country and its ancient culture. That he does not divulge his inner spiritual secrets easily is indicated by the mount of Jupiter, his heavy thumb and the straight fourth finger.
The hand of a lady who is a great religious teacher, social worker and authoress of international fame
(Plate 2)
The hands and fingers of & lady who is a great religious teacher, social worker and authoress are soft and pink-
coloured. Her hands are square showing stress on the practical e e a—-iT APPENDIX 11
The hand of a great saint and seer
(Plate 1)
The hand of a great saint and seer is soft and pink-coloured.
The mounts of Jupiter, Luna and Venus are developed. The first phalange of the fingers are long and the tips are fieshy, reflecting a spiritual bent and sensitivity, respectively.
A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter.
Big and small triangles in the palm are present. Triangles on the mounts of Saturn, Jupiter and Moon show spiritual attain-
ment and on the lines of Head and Fate show spiritual powers and mystic experiences. He has cxperienced a state of Samadhi.
A good Sun line going to the mount of Sun from the mount of Moon shows that he follows the ancient tradition and is a great Sanskrit scholar.
There is a fish sign at the beginning of the Life line and a chain of triangles at the root of the thumb, showing Tuniric siddhi and control of sex.
The line of Marriage is absent. The line of Renunciation is present at the base of the finger of Jupiter. He renounced his home at an early age, and devoted his whole life to spiritual pursuits and giving guidance to the seekers of Truth.
He has great love and admiration for his country and its ancient culture. That he does not divulge his inner spiritual secrets easily is indicated by the mount of Jupiter, his heavy thumb and the straight fourth finger.
The hand of a lady who is a great religious teacher, social worker and authoress of international fame
(Plate 2)
The hands and fingers of & lady who is a great religious teacher, social worker and authoress are soft and pink-
coloured. Her hands are square showing stress on the practical
230 Everybody ’s Guide to Palm istry
– –
= 2 sS==a v 21Bld
£ 91Eld istry
‘s Guide to Palm
‘ybody
230 Ever Y Ayl —
T T e RN T, L.
YT e Appendix 231
way of life in her teachings. The Heart line is long and forked, a branch of which leads up to the mount of Jupiter, showing an ideal sort of love. The line of Renunciation
(Diksha rekha) is present at the base of the finger, and the line of Marriage is faint and very crossed, indicating that she did not marry and devoted herself to spiritual pursuits and service of mankind. There is a mystic cross and small and big triangles in the middle of the palm and also the triangles on the mounts of Saturn and Moon and on the Head line. The first phalanges of all the fingers are longer than the others phalanges— all these signs stand for spiritual attainment.
The thumb is well-shaped and opens fully and is away from the first finger. Its nail phalange (first phalange) is large, show-
ing a strong will power, The hand of a state minister (Central)
(Plate 3)
The hand is well-shaped and lines are well-marked. The mount of Jupiter is developed and the finger of Jupiter is long and straight. Other mounts are also good and have vertical lines on them. The finger-tips are square. The thumb is stiff, prominent and waist-like in the centre, indicating will power and diplomacy. The lines of Sun and Fate are good in the later part of life, when he becomes a minister. The second phalanges of the fingers are longer than the first and the third showing intellectual development and diplomacy. There is tri-
angle in the centre of the palm, showing ability to govern.
A branch of the Heart line from the mount of Sun goes towards the lines of Head and Life and joins them at the start, showing ability to take risks for attaining fame and position.
The hand of a Member of Parliament
(Politician)
(Plate 4)
The hand of an M.P. is well-shaped with the main lines well-marked. The mount of Jupiter is well-developed and the mounts of Suns, Mercury and Mars are also good. The Head line starts from the mount of Jupiter. The Fate line goes S
————
TOTTTIINTE VI DR T ST e e WS N N Appendix 231
way of life in her teachings. The Heart line is long and forked, a branch of which leads up to the mount of Jupiter, showing an ideal sort of love. The line of Renunciation
(Diksha rekha) is present at the base of the finger, and the line of Marriage is faint and very crossed, indicating that she did not marry and devoted herself to spiritual pursuits and service of mankind. There is a mystic cross and small and big triangles in the middle of the palm and also the triangles on the mounts of Saturn and Moon and on the Head line. The first phalanges of all the fingers are longer than the others phalanges— all these signs stand for spiritual attainment.
The thumb is well-shaped and opens fully and is away from the first finger. Its nail phalange (first phalange) is large, show-
ing a strong will power.
The hand of a state minister (Central)
(Plate 3)
The hand is well-shaped and lines are well-marked. The mount of Jupiter is developed and the finger of Jupiter is long and straight. Other mounts are also good and have vertical lines on them. The finger-tips are square, The thumb is stiff, prominent and waist-like in the centre, indicating will power and diplomacy. The lines of Sun and Fate are good in the later part of life, when he becomes a minister. The second phalanges of the fingers are longer than the first and the third showing intellectual development and diplomacy. There is tri-
angle in the centre of the palm, showing ability to govern.
A branch of the Heart line from the mount of Sun goes towards the lines of Head and Life and joins them at the start, showing ability to take risks for attaining fame and position.
The hand of a Member of Parliament
(Politician)
(Plate 4)
The hand of an M.P. is well-shaped with the main lines well-marked. The mount of Jupiter is well-developed and the mounts of Suns, Mercury and Mars arc also good. The Head line starts from the mount of Jupiter. The Fate line goes Plate 5
Plate 6
232 Everybody ‘s Guide to Pal mistry Plate 6
232 Everybody ‘s Guide to Pal almistry
[
Appendix 233
between the mounts of Jupiter and Saturn. The thumb is stiff, well-shaped and is waist-like in appearance in the middle, having its both phalanges large and equal, reflecting will power, logic and tact. Fingers are long and straight and their tips square. There is a triangle in the centre of the palm below the middle finger. There is ample space between the lines of Life and Head, showing overconfidence and this overconfidence was the cause of his defeat at one time. The finger of Mercury is crooked and there are vertical lines on the mount of Mercury, showing his ability to make money.
A senior 1.A.S. Officer holding high position
(Plate 5)
The hand of a senior IAS officer is square. All the mounts are well-developed. The lines are thin and fine. The mount and the finger of Jupiter are good. A triangle in the centre of the palm below the middle finger shows good administrative ability. The other fingers are evenly set. The Mercury finger is straight and touches the first joint of the Apollo finger. No space between the fingers. The thumb is long and stiff and there is good space between the thumb and first finger, making an angle of more than 90°, The third phalanges of the fingers are thick, showing a taste for good food and drinks. The formation of the hand and lines show his great ability, honesty and devotion to duty.
At 55, a sudden change and some loss of reputation is feared due to an intrigue but he wii! regain his position.
The Hand of an Astrologer
(Plate 6)
The Head line is long and clear. Fingers are long and knotted. The palm is long. Mystic cross is present in the quadarangle. A triangle on the Head line, a big triangle on the palm and a broken ring of Solomon on the mount of Jupiter are seen. The Life line ending on the mount of Moon shows success in the later period of life, after a long struggle. A break and an island in the Life line at about the age of 62 are Appendix 233
between the mounts of Jupiter and Saturn. The thumb is stiff, well-shaped and is waist-like in appearance in the middle, having its both phalanges large and equal, reflecting will power, logic and tact. Fingers are long and straight and their tips square. There is a triangle in the centre of the palm below the middle finger. There is ample space between the lines of Life and Head, showing overconfidence and this overconfidence was the cause of his defeat at one time. The finger of Mercury is crooked and there are vertical lines on the mount of Mercury, showing his ability to make money.
A senior 1.A.S. Officer holding high position
(Plate 5)
The hand of a senior 1AS officer is square. All the mounts are well-developed. The lines are thin and fine. The mount and the finger of Jupiter are good. A triangle in the centre of the palm below the middle finger shows good administrative ability. The other fingers are evenly set. The Mercury finger is straight and touches the first joint of the Apollo finger. No space between the fingers. The thumb is long and stiff and there is good space between the thumb and first finger, making an angle of more than 90°, The third phalanges of the fingers are thick, showing a taste for good food and drinks. The formation of the hand and lines show his great ability, honesty and devotion to duty.
At 55, a sudden change and some loss of reputation is feared due to an intrigue but he wil! regain his position.
The Hand of an Astrologer
(Plate 6)
The Head line is long and clear. Fingers are long and knotted. The palm is long. Mystic cross is present in the quadarangle. A triangle on the Head line, a big triangle on the palm and a broken ring of Solomon on the mount of Jupiter are seen. The Life line ending on the mount of Moon shows success in the later period of life, after a long struggle. A break and an island in the Life line at about the age of 62 are L A e
‘ 4
e e
234 Everybody’s Guide to Palmis try
234 Everybody’s Guide to Palmis ry
—af: rmo—
r.llllll..l.».;li
¥
Appendix 235
seen, showing serious illness and risk to life.* Malformation of ridges on the lower mount of Moon shows infection in the urinary tract. An operation is indicated. The Head line starts from positive Mars, revealing an aggressive, talkative and quarrelsome nature. The hand also shows a craving for vanity, money and fame.
A reputed lady musician of India and winner of several National awards A(Plate 7)
All the mounts in the hand of this renowned musician are well-developed and several upward lines going towards the mounts of Saturn and Sun are seen. The mount of Venus is fine and has a square in the centre. The fingers are smooth and straight. The Saturn finger is long and its mount is well-
developed, showing her proficiency in instrumental music. A line from the line of Life goes to the mount of Jupiter, indicating achievement of National awards. A Fate line from the mount of Moon is going towards the mount of Jupiter. The Sun line starts from the Fate line. The double lines of Head reveal her talents and distinction.
Hand showing jaundice and untimely death
(Plate 8)
The hand-print is of a young astrologer, who did his M.A.
in astrology and was the son of a famous astrologer. He had an attack of jaundice at the early age of 29 and died suddenly and prematurely.
The symptoms of the malady were visible on his nails and the moon in the npails turned yellowish at the time of the disease. A line from the mount of Venus touches the Health line and the mount of Mercury is raised, showing tendency to jaundice. The lines are faint and not well-marked. The Head line is short.
A thick branch from the Heart line joins the lines of Life
*He died after a prolonged illness.
Appendix 235
seen, showing serious illness and risk to life.* Malformation of ridges on the lower mount of Moon shows infection in the urinary tract. An operation is indicated. The Head line starts from positive Mars, revealing an aggressive, talkative and quarrelsome nature. The hand also shows a craving for vanity, money and fame.
A reputed lady musician of India and winner of several National awards
(Plate 7)
All the mounts in the band of this renowned musician are well-developed and several upward lines going towards the mounts of Saturn and Sun are seen. The mount of Venus is fine and has a square in the centre. The fingers are smooth and straight. The Saturn finger is long and its mount is well-
developed, showing her proficiency in instrumental music. A line from the line of Life goes to the mount of Jupiter, indicating achievement of National awards. A Fate line from the mount of Moon is going towards the mount of Jupiter. The Sun line starts from the Fate line. The double lines of Head reveal her talents and distinction.
Hand showing jaundice and untimely death
(Plate 8)
The hand-print is of a young astrologer, who did his M. A.
in astrology and was the son of a famous astrologer. He had an attack of jaundice at the early age of 29 and died suddenly and prematurely.
The symptoms of the malady were visible on his nails and the moon in the nails turned yellowish at the time of the disease. A line from the mount of Venus touches the Health line and the mount of Mercury is raised, showing tendency to jaundice. The lines are faint and not well-marked. The Head line is short.
A thick branch from the Heart line joins the lines of Life
*He died after a prolonged illness.
01 21%d
6 N®ld
236 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
236 Everybody’s Guide to Palmisti y Appendix 237
and Head at the start, indicating a sudden end. The Heart line is defective. The Health line is neither clear nor good. There is a clear island in the Life line followed by a break. There is a break in the Heart line under the mount of Saturn and an island below the mount of Sun. There is an island in the Head line under the mount of Saturn. aggravating bad tendencies.
The hand of a young man who inherited huge property and farmland
(Plate 9)
All mounts in the hand of a youngman who inherited huge property are well-developed and fine. A sign of bow is formed with the lines of Life and Fate. A Sun line starting from the Heart line indicates inheritance from father. Yuv sign is present in the first joint of the thumb. Triangles in the centre of the palm and on the Heart line show ownership of property and houses. The Head line sloping towards the Heart line under the mount of Sun shows money-mindedness. He, inherited large mechanised farms (Fate line is thick) and a palatial house with a beautiful garden. Money has preference in his life over everything else. The Mercury finger is crooked, showing cleverness and shrewdness in all worldly affairs.
The hand of a Canadian girl
(Plate 10)
A rich Canadian girl, born on 21st November 1948, came to India with an eldesly married Indian doctor and remained with him as his mistress. She is left-handed and well-educated, intelligent and beautiful. She later on married him. Before coming to India, she is reported to have had a love affair with a native boy.
.
She has a fine line besides the second line of Marriage, showing the co-wife of her husband. There are three Marriage lines, and all are leaning towards the Heart line Two lines from the mount of Moon join the Fate line in her palm. The mounts of Moon and Venus are raised and rayed. The Heart line is islanded and ends between the fingers of Jupiter and Appendix 237
!
and Head at the start. indicating a sudden end. The Heart line is defective. The Health line is neither clear nor good. There is a clear island in the Life line followed by a break. There is a break in the Heart line under the mount of Saturn and an island below the mount of Sun. There is an island in the Head line uonder the mount of Saturn. aggravating bad tendencies.
The hand of a young man who inherited huge property and farmland
(Plate 9)
All mounts in the hand of a youngman who inherited huge property are well-developed and fine. A sign of bow is formed with the lines of Life and Fate. A Sun line starting from the Heart line indicates inheritance from father. Y sign is present in the first joint of the thumb. Triangles in the centre of the palm and on the Heart line show ownership of property and houses. The Head line sloping towards the Heart line under the mount of Sun shows money-mindedness. He inherited large
|
mechanised farms (Fate line is thick) and a palatial house with a beautiful garden. Money has preference in his life over
, everything else. The Mercury finger is crooked, showing
‘.
cleverness and shrewdness in all worldly affairs.
The hand of a Canadian girl
(Plate 101}
A rich Canadian girl, born on 21st November 1948, came to India with an eldedly married Indian doctor and remained with him as his mistress. She is left-handed and well-educated, intelligent and beautiful. She later on married him. Before coming to Ind’a, she is reported to have had a love affair with a native boy.
She has a fine line besides the second line of Marriage.
showing the co-wife of her husband. There are three Marriage lines, and all are leaning towards the Heart line Two lines from the mount of Moon join the Fate line in her palm. The mounts of Moon and Venus are raised and rayed. The Heart i line is islanded and ends between the fingers of Jupiter and
4—_—
T
1 Meyd
11 21eld
‘s Guide to Palmistry rybody
–
E
238
238 Everybod)y’s Guide to Palmistry Plate )1
Plate 12
—_—
o o TN b p—a ] Sl
.
Appendix 239
Saturn showing physical sexual tendency.
There is a sister line to the Head line and a branch of the Heart line sloping towards the Head line. She is good at
–
liaison work. She will achieve fame and fortune in her later part of life.
The hand of a woman of loose morals
(Plate 11)
A married woman having illicit relations with several persons. Three clear islands on the Heart line which goes be-
tween the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, showing plysical sexuality. The Heart line bifurcates on the mount of Saturn, indicating her passive and active role in love-making. Several Influence lines from the mounts of Venus and Mars cut the lines of Life, Head and Fate. The mount of Venus is raised and much rayed and has a sign of grille. The thumb is supple and
– opens less. The fourth finger: is crooked.
The line of Marriage is faint. An upward branch from the Heart line cuts the Fate line, showing separation from her husband after middle age. The Fate line is broken. It starts from the Life line, showing her independent nature.
The Hand of an unmarried girl with loose morals
(Plate 12)
The hands of this unmarried girl of loose morals are warm to the touch. The mount of Venus is raised and rayed. The girdle of Venus is formed by three lines and is broken and ill formed. The Life line is inclined towards the mount of Venus.
Many offshoots from the Heart line go towards the Head line.
The finger of Mercury is very short. The thumb is supple and thin and its first phalange is very short, showing lack of will power. The Head line is short and leans towards the mount of Moon. The lines of Head and Life are joined together to a great distance at the beginning and both the lines have islands at the start.
Hands of the blind
(Plate 13, 14)
The first hand-print (plate 13) belongs to a person who Appendix 239
Saturn showing physical sexual tendency.
There is a sister line to the Head line and a branch of the Heart line sloping towards the Head line. She is good at
–
liaison work. She will achieve fame and fortune in her later part of life.
The hand of a woman of loose morals
(Plate 11)
A married woman having illicit relations with several persons. Three clear islands on the Heart line which goes be-
tween the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, showing plysical sexuality. The Heart line bifurcates on the mount of Saturn, indicating her passive and active role in love-making. Several Influence lines from the mounts of Venus and Mars cut the lines of Life, Head and Fate. The mount of Venus is raised and much rayed and has a sign of grille. The thumb is supple and opens less. The fourth finger is crooked.
_
The line of Marriage is faint. An npward branch from the Heart line cuts the Fate line, showing separation from her husband after middle age. The Fate line is broken. It starts from the Life line. showing her independent nature.
The Hand of an unmarried girl with loose morals
(Plate 12)
The hands of this unmarried girl of loose morals are warm to the touch. The mount of Venus is raised and rayed. The girdle of Venus is formed by three lines and is broken and ill formed. The Life line is inclined towards the mount of Venus.
Many offshoots from the Heart linc go towards the Head line.
The finger of Mercury is very short. The thumb is supple and thin and its first phalange is very short, showing lack of will power. The Head line is short and leans towards the mount of Moon. The lines of Head and Life are joined together to a great distance at the beginning and both the lines have islands at the start.
Hands of the blind
(Plate 13, 14)
The first hand-print (plate 13) belongs to a person who
240 Everybody’ s Guide to Palmi istry Plate 14
Fl 2i%ld istry
§ Guide to Palmi
3
240 Everybody Plate 14
Plate 13
Appendix 241
became blind at the age of 16. There is a big island (ld;op) on the Heart line under the mount of Sun. The mounts of Jupiter, Saturn, Sun and Mercury are absent from both the hands. The girdle of Venus is crossed and islanded.
The second print (plate 14) belongs to a person who became blind at the age of one, after a serious illness. There is a clear island at the start of the Life line. A whorl to the left on the mount of Sun in his right hand points to his blindness.
The hand of a woman who suffered from breast cancer
(Plate 15)
The hand of the woman has malformation of palm ridges on the mount of Moon and a woolly appearance of lines due to cancer virus. She got breast cancer at about the age of 45.
She was successfully operated. The ‘print was taken some time after the operation. The malformation of ridges is still visible.
Several lines from the mount of lower Mars cut the lines of Life and Head at the beginning, showing interferences and hurdles in early life.
The Fate line becomes clear in the centre of the palm.
Three Sun lines appear on the mount of Sun. The Heart line has three forks at the end. The lady had an ordinary life up to
31. Her husband became famous as a yaid (physician) at about
36. His income of Rs. 60 per mensem in the early period rose to’Rs. 15,000 per mensem at the age of 40.
Rare double lines of the palm
(Plate 16)
The hand-print of a dental surgeon showing double lines on the palm—a peculiar feature not commonly seen. Such lines are not healthy. They show weak health, a weak financial status and an unhappy married life. All three main lines (Life, Head and Heart) are joined together at the start showing a sudden end. The line of Marriage is very long and is cut by the girdle of Venus.
Plate 14
Plate 13
Appendix 241
became blind at the age of 16. There is a big island (loop) on the Heart line under the mount of Sun. The mounts of Jupiter, Saturn, Sun and Mercury are absent from both the hands. The girdle of Venus is crossed and islanded.
The second print (plate 14) belongs to a person who became blind at the age of one, after a serious illness. There is a clear island at the start of the Life line. A whorl to the left on the mount of Sun in his right hand points to his blindness.
The hand of a woman who suffered from breast cancer
(Plate 15)
The hand of the woman has malformation of palm ridges on the mount of Moon and a woolly appearance of lines due to cancer virus. She got breast cancer at about the age of 45.
She was successfully operated. The print was taken some time after the operation. The malformation of ridges is still visible.
Several lines from the mount of lower Mars cut the lines of Life and Head at the beginning, showing interferences and hurdles in early life.
The Fate line becomes clear in the centre of the palm.
Three Sun lines appear on the mount of Sun. The Heart line has three forks at the end. The lady had an ordinary life up to
31. Her husband became famous as a vaid (physician) at about
36. His income of Rs. 60 per mensem in the early period rose to’Rs. 15,000 per mensem at the age of 40.
Rare double lines of the palm
(Plate 16)
The hand-print of a dental surgeon showing double lines on the palm—a peculiar feature not commonly seen. Such lines are not healthy. They show weak health, a weak financial status and an unhappy married life. All three main lines (Life, Head and Heart) are joined together at the start showing a sudden end. The line of Marriage is very long and is cut by the girdle of Venus.
try
42 Everybody’s Guide to Palmis
2
P A S gty e . Y-
.
iry
15
2 Everybody’s Guide to Palmi
24
e
) a—
e ke o e e e R T T e e
–
e
.
=
—_
—
b
=
T e S Appendix 243
The hand with many lines on the palm
(Plate 17)
‘
‘
This is also a rare formation of lines on the palm. The
1
hand is of a famous publisher of religious books. The palm is covered with fine lines all over showing that the brain is used in many directions. There is a confusion of thoughts and tendency to hypersensitivity.
A fish sign is seen in the centre of ‘the palm. Health is delicate, trouble in stomach and weakness of heart are
1
indicated. He adopted the ancestral profession and rose to a high status financially and earned reputation as a publisher.
The hand-print of a notorious Chambal valley dacoit
(Plate 18)
The hand of the dacoit is thick and of very hard consis-
tency; the fingers are unevenly set on the palm. The thumb is high set, small and heavy and opens less. The Sun finger is crooked. The third phalanges of all the fingers are longer than the rest. From the formation of hand it appears that he took to crime to avenge himself and became cruel and ruthless. He used his brain and strength in manipulating and planning dacoities and murders.
Appendix 243
The hand with many lines on the palm
(Plate 17)
This is also a rare formation of lines on the palm. The hand is of a famous publisher of religious books. The palm 1s covered with fine lines all over showing that the brain is used in many directions. There is a confusion of thoughts and tendency to hypersensitivity.
A fish sign is seen in the centre of ‘the palm. Health is delicate, trouble in stomach and weakness of heart are indicated. He adopted thie ancestral profession and rose to a high status financially and earned reputation as a publisher.
The hand-print of a notorious Chambal valley dacoit
(Plate 18)
The hand of the dacoit 1s thick and of very hard consis-
tency; the fingers are unevenly sct on the palm. The thumb is high set, small and heavy and opens less. The Sun finger is crooked. The third phalanges of all the fingers are longer than the rest. From the formation of hand it appears that he took to crime to avenge himself and became cruel and ruthless. Hc used his brain and strength in manipulating and planning dacoities and murders.
EL
244 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
81 21Bld
244 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
1 Abayakoon,’ C.D.F.
2 Ayar, V.AK.
3 Ayar, V.AK.
4 Banerji, S.
5 Banerji, S.
6 Bashir, Mir
7 Benham, W.G.
8 Benham, W.G.
9 Bright, Jagat S.
10 Broekman, Marcel
11 -Chauhan, Pratap Singh
12 Cheiro
13 De Saint-Germain, Comte C.
14 Devadi, Bhojraj
15 Gaffar, M.M.
16 Greetings, Fred
17 Greetings, Fred Bibliography
: Astro-Palmisty—Signs and Seals of Hand.
ASI Publishers Inc., New York, 1975
: Palmistry for Pleasure and Profit;
Lakshmi Book Store, New Delhi, 1964
: Sariraka Sasira;
DB Taraporevala and Sons, Bembay, 1975
: Palmistry and Crimes, Sagar Publications. 1962
: Palmistry—Sex and Marriage;
Sagar Publications, 1962
: The Art of Hand Analysis;
Frederick Muller Ltd., London, 1981
: How to choose vocation from hand, Sagar Publications, 1974
: Laws of Scientific Hand Reading;
D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1968
The Dictionary of Palmistry, Jaico Publishing House, Bombay, 1959
: The Complete Encyclopaedia of Practical Palmistry;
May Flower Books Ltd., 1974
: Secret Palm, Kartal Prakashan, Delhi, 1981
: Cheiro’s Language of the Hand,;
D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1974 –
: Study of Palmistry;
D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1962
: Future From Thumb (Hindi);
All-India Palmist Research Centre, Sardapura, 1983
: Ilm-ul-Kaff (Science of hand-reading), D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Ltd., 1964
: The Book of Palmistry;
Hamlyn Publishing Group Ltd., London, 1973
: Hand and the Horoscope, Hamlyn Publishing Group Ltd., London, 1973.
Bibliography
1 Abayakoon, C.D.F.
. Astro-Palmisty—Signs and Seals of Hand.
ASI Publishers Inc., New York, 1975
2 Ayar, V.AXK.
: Palmistry for Pleasure and Profit;
Lakshmi Book Store, New Delhi, 1964
3 Ayar, V.AK.
: Sariraka Sastra;
DB Taraporevala and Sons, Boembay, 1975
4 Banerji, S.
: Palmistry and Crimes;
Sagar Publications. 1962
5 Banerji, S.
: Palmistry—Sex and Marriage;
Sagar Publications, 1962
6 Bashir, Mir
. The Art of Hand Analysis;
Fredarick Muller Lid., London, 1981
7 Benham, W.G.
: How to choose vocation from hand, Sagar Publications, 1974
8 Benham, W.G.
: Laws of Scientific Hand Reading;
D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1968
% Bright, Jagat S.
The Dictionary of Palmistry;
Jaico Publishing House, Bombay, 1959
10 Broekman, Marcel
. The Complete Encyclopaedia of Practical Palmistry;
–
May Flower Books Ltd., 1974
11 -Chauhan, Pratap
: Secret Palm,
‘
Siogh Kartal Prakashan, Delhi, 1981
12 Cheiro
: Cheiro’s Language of the Hand, D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1974
13 De Saint-Germain,
: Study of Palmistry;
Comte C.
D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1962
14 Devadi, Bhojraj
: Future From Thumb (Hindi);
All-India Palmist Research Centre, Sardapura, 1983
.
15 Gaffar, M.M.
: Hm-ul-Kaff (Science of hand-reading), D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Ltd., 1964
16 Greetings, Fred
: The Book of Palmistry;
Hamlyn Publishing Group Ltd., London, 1973
17 Greetings, Fred
: Hand and the Horoscope, Hamlyn Publishing Group Ltd., London, 1973.
e
246 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
18 Harishchandra Sastri (Dr.)
Raj Jotshi
19 Jaquin, Noel
20 Jaquin, Noel
.21 Jaquin, Noel
22 Jones, David Brandon
23 Joshi, Roop Chand
24 Lawrance, Myrah
25 Mihiracharyya
26 Psychos
27 Rao, R.G.
28 Scheimann, Eugene
29 Sen, K.C.
30 Spier, Julius
31 Vartak, S.R.
32 Wolff, Charlotte
(Dr.)
. Jewel of Palmistry;
. Kalidas Chatterjee, 73/C, SP Mukerjee Road, Calcutta, 1962
: Secrets of Hand Reading;
D.B, Taraporevala Sons & Co. Ltd,, Bombay (3rd Edition)
. Hand of Man;
Sagar Publications, 1967,
: The Hand Speaks, Sagar Publications, 1973
:
Practical Palmistry;
Tarang Paperbacks, 1982
: Lal Kitab (Urdu)
Sharma, Girdharilal (Publishers), 1952
. Hand Analysis;
Vikas Publications, 1976
.
Astro-Palmistry;
G.L. Dutt, Calcutta, 1952
: Complete Guide to Palmistry;
D
.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1974
: Your Destiny in Thumb Ranjan Publications, New Delhi, 1983
: Better Health Through Polmistry;
Vikas Publications, 1972
: Hast Samudrika Shastra, D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Lid., Bombay (6th Edition)
. Hands of Children;
Sagar Publications, 1973
– Palmistry and Vocational Guidance, Lakshmi Book Store, New Delhi, 1964
: Human Hand, Sagar Publications
246 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
18 Harishchandra
: Jewel of Palmistry;
Sastri (Dr.)
: Kalidas Chatterjee, 73/C, SP Mukerjee Road, Raj Jotshi Calcutta, 1962
19 Jaquin, Noel
: Secrets of Hand Reading;
D.B, Taraporevala Sons & Co. Ltd., Bombay (3rd Edition)
20 Jaquin, Noel
: Hand of Man;
Sagar Publications, 1967.
21 Jaquin, Noel
: The Hand Speaks, Sagar Publications, 1973
.
22 Jones, David
: Practical Palmistry,
)
Brandon Tarang Paperbacks, 1982
.
23 Joshi, Roop Chand
: Lal Kitab (Urdu)
‘
|
Sharma, Girdharilal (Publishers), 1952
24 Lawrance, Myrah
. Hand Analysis,
53
, Vikas Publications, 1976
25 Mihiracharyya
:
Astro-Palmistry;
G.L. Dutt, Calcutta, 1952
26 Psychos
: Complete Guide to Palmistry;
.
D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1974
27 Rao, R.G.
. Your Destiny in Thumb
)
Ranjan Publications, New Delhi, 1983
28 Scheimann, Eugene
: Better Health Through Polmistry;
Vikas Publications, 1972
29 Sen, K.C.
: Hast Samudrika Shastra, D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Lid., Bombay (6th Edition)
30 Spier, Julius
. Hands of Children;
Sagar Publications, 1973
31 Vartak, S.R.
+ Palmistry and Vocational Guidance,
~
Lakshmi Book Store, New Dethi, 1964
32 Wolff, Charlotie
. Human Hand;
(Dr.)
Sagar Publications STERLING TITLES ON OCCULT SCIENCES HEALING THROUGH GEMS: A Single Treatise on Gem Therapy —
N.N. Saha This book is a practical guide on the use of gems which are known to possess wonderful curative powers, often curing chronic diseases. The emphasis is on prevention and cure of physical problems.
N.N. Saha is an astrologer, gem therapist and occultist.
ISBN 81 207 0055 4, pp. 144, Rs. 60 HB ISBN 81 207 0054 6, pp. 144, Rs. 30 PB SECRETS OF NUMEROLOGY: How to Read Character and Destiny —
R. Kumar
~ Based on extensive study, experimentation and observation, this book lays bare the secret influence of numbers on human life and destiny. The author explains how by linking dates of birth with names, one’s fortune can be predicted, how lucky numbers, stones and colours can aid one in gaining health and wealth, choosing the life partner, house or place to live in, etc.
R. Kumar is Professor of Mathematics at Addis Ababa University, Ethiopia ISBN 81 207 1290 0, pp. 240, Rs. 150 HB ISBN 81 207 1363 x, pp. 240, Rs. 40 PB SECRETS OF ASTROLOGY: Based on Hindu Astrology —
L.R. Chawdhri This book, designed to help the lay reader in judging personality traits and predicting events that may shape his life, deals with the most important aspects of life: love and marriage, children, profession, property, etc.
ISBN 81 207 0986 1, pp. 200, Rs. 125 HB ISBN 81 207 1065 7, pp. 200, Rs. 30 PB
|
,4;
JI
.!
|
A A STERLING TITLES ON OCCULT SCIENCES HEALING THROUGH GEMS: A Single Treatise on Gem Therapy —
N.N. Saha This book is a practical guide on the use of gems which are known to possess wonderful curative powers, often curing chronic diseases. The emphasis is on prevention and cure of physical problems.
N.N. Saha is an astrologer, gem therapist and occultist.
ISBN 81 207 0055 4, pp. 144, Rs. 60 HB ISBN 81 207 0054 6, pp. 144, Rs. 30 PB SECRETS OF NUMEROLOGY: How to Read Character and Destiny —
R. Kumar Based on extensive study, experimentation and observation, this book lays bare the secret influence of numbers on human life and destiny. The author explains how by linking dates of birth with names, one’s fortune can be predicted, how lucky numbers, stones and colours can aid one in gaining health and wealth, choosing the life partner, house or place to live in, etc.
R. Kumar is Professor of Mathematics at Addis Ababa University, Ethiopia ISBN 81 207 1290 0, pp. 240, Rs. 150 HB ISBN 81 207 1363 x, pp. 240, Rs. 40 PB SECRETS OF ASTROLOGY: Based on Hindu Astrology —
L.R. Chawdhri This book, designed to help the lay reader in judging personality traits and predicting events that may shape his life, deals with the most important aspects of life: love and marriage, children, profession, property, etc.
ISBN 81 207 0986 1, pp. 200, Rs. 125 HB ISBN 81 207 1065 7, pp. 200, Rs. 30 PB SECRETS OF OCCULT SCIENCES: How to read Omens, Moles, Dreams and Handwriting L.R. Chawdhri The occult sciences not only foretell events, good and bad, but also suggest means —
lucky charms, symbols, the crystal ball, the mystic eye and Tantric articles — to overcome any ills that may overcome us. This book unveils the hidden meanings of the existence of moles, the dreams one dreams, nervous twitches of the body parts and objects and happenings that predict the approaching fortune or misfortune.
ISBN 81 207 1066 5, pp. 152, Rs. 125 HB ISBN 81 207 1067 3, pp. 152, Rs. 35 PB SECRETS OF YANTRA, MANTRA AND TANTRA L.R. Chawdhri Unveiled in this book are the secrets of three occult sciences to help the reader achieve worldly success and /or spiritual enligh-
tenment. Detailed instructions are given for the preparation and application of yantras for specific purposes: to win favours, defeat enemies and cure diseases, among others. The method of selecting and using mantras to attain miraculous powers and fulfilment of cne’s desires are explained fully.
In the Tantra section of the book are given methods of treatment of diseases by herbs. Information is provided about Tantric articles and where to obtain them.
Dr. LR. Chawdhri has an experience of 39 years in the fields of Astrology, Palmistry and Numerology. He is the author of 17 widely acclaimed books on occult subjects.
ISBN 81 207 1351 6, pp. 200, Rs. 150 HB ISBN 81 207 1365 6, pp. 200, Rs. 50 PB STERLING PUBLISHERS PRIVATE LIMITED L-10 Green Park Extension, New Delhi ~ 110016
‘
”
=yl SECRETS OF OCCULT SCIENCES: How to read Omens, Moles, Dreams and Handwriting L.R. Chawdhri The occult sciences not only foretell events, good and bad, but also suggest means —
lucky charms, symbols, the crystal ball, the mystic eye and Tantric articles — to overcome any ills that may overcome us. This book unveils the hidden meanings of the existence of moles, the dreams one dreams, nervous twitches of the body parts and objects and happenings that predict the approaching fortune or misfortune.
ISBN 81 207 1066 5, pp. 152, Rs. 125 HB ISBN 81 207 1067 3, pp. 152, Rs. 35 PB SECRETS OF YANTRA, MANTRA AND TANTRA L.R. Chawdhri Unveiled in this book are the secrets of three occult sciences to help the reader achieve worldly success and /or spiritual enligh-
tenment. Detailed instructions are given for the preparation and application of yantras for specific purposes: to win favours, defeat enemies and cure diseases, among others. The method of selecting and using mantras to attain miraculous powers and fulfilment of cne’s desires are explained fully.
In the Tantra section of the book are given methods of treatment of diseases by herbs. Information is provided about Tantric articles and where to obtain them.
Dr. LR. Chawdhri has an experience of 39 years in the fields of Astrology, Palmistry and Numerology. He is the author of 17 widely acclaimed books on occult subjects.
ISBN 81 207 1351 6, pp. 200, Rs. 150 HB ISBN 81 207 1365 6, pp. 200, Rs. 50 PB STERLING PUBLISHERS PRIVATE LIMITED L~10 Green Park Extension, New Delhi – 110016
‘
–
PRESS REVIEWS This is a beautifully grinted, profusely illustrated and lavishly produced book. There is an impressive bibliography too.
— Astrological Magazine, Bangalore It is a complete guide. It gives scientific analysis of hand, judgement of character, personality, choice of profession, sclection of marriage partner, diagnosis of discases, span of life, etc. Shri S.K. Das is a palmist of international repute and has examined thousands of hands of persons from all walks of life in India, U.S.A., UK., Eurpope. This comprehensive treatise will enable the reader to make the best use of palmistry in practical life and will prove useful both to the palmists and the students.
—Babaji, New Delhi It is a complete and comprehensive treatise on the science of palmistry, including vocational guidance, indications of discases, choice of marriage partner, judgement of character, span of life.
—Qccult India, New Delhi This book is a comprehensive treatise on the Science of Palmistry.
—Indian Authors, New Delhi Non-Fiction bestseller.
‘
—The Atlanta Journal and Atlanta Constitution This book will be widely welcomed because besides giving a scientific analysis of the palm, the hallmarks of the book are:
judgement of character and personality, its shortcomings and capabilities, choice of profession, selection ot spouse, and advance warning of adverse situations in life, specially regarding, physical, mental and spiritual aspects.
—The Forum Gazette, New Delhi A detailed treatment of lines is an added feast.
—The Times of Astrology, New Delhi STERLING PUBLISHERS PRIVATE LIMITED ISBN 81 207 0564 6
Rs. 60
=
————————|